Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rt2800_init_rfcsr() is too big, split RF initialization into per chip
functions. Code will change, but we should setup the same values onto
RF registers and in the same order as before.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <stf_xl@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recent versions of udev cause synchronous firmware loading from the
probe routine to fail because the request to user space would time
out. The original fix for b43 (commit 6b6fa58) moved the firmware
load from the probe routine to a work queue, but it still used synchronous
firmware loading. This method is OK when b43 is built as a module;
however, it fails when the driver is compiled into the kernel.
This version changes the code to load the initial firmware file
using request_firmware_nowait(). A completion event is used to
hold the work queue until that file is available. This driver
reads several firmware files - the remainder can be read synchronously.
On some test systems, the async read fails; however, a following synch
read works, thus the async failure falls through to the sync try.
Reported-and-Tested by: Felix Janda <felix.janda@posteo.de>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> (V3.4+)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The fields must be null-terminated, or simple_strtoul will cause issue.
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen@asianux.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do not dereference p->station_id after kfree(cmd) because p
points into the cmd data structure.
Signed-off-by: Nickolai Zeldovich <nickolai@csail.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Wollrath <jwollrath@web.de>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NS8390 chip was essentially the 1st widespread PC ethernet
chip, starting its life on 8 bit ISA cards in the late 1980s.
Even with better technologies available (bus mastering etc)
the 8390 managed to get used on a few rare EISA cards in the
early to mid 1990s.
The EISA bus in the x86 world was largely confined to systems
ranging from 486 to 586 (essentially 200MHz or lower, and less
than 100MB RAM) -- i.e. machines unlikely to be still in service,
and even less likely to be running a 3.9+ kernel.
On top of that, only one of the five really ever was considered
non-experimental; the smc-ultra32 was the one -- since it was
largely just an EISA version of the popular smc-ultra ISA card.
All the others had such a tiny user base that they simply never
could be considered anything more than experimental.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
We threw away the microchannel support, but the removal wasn't
completely trivial since there was namespace overlap with the
machine check support, and hence some orphaned dependencies
survived the deletion. This attempts to sweep those up and
send them to the bit-bucket.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fields must be null-terminated.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated.
Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN
and custom defines.
Use snprintf instead of sprint.
Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version
Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function ethoc_set_mac_address() was incorrectly using passed pointer as
pointer to address, that is not correct.
Struct sockaddr have to be be used here.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit de0a41484c added Kconfig logic to
select HWMON and removed all the IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_HWMON) checks in the
tg3.c file. It missed this one check in the header.
Update version to 3.129 and update copyright year.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simplify the code to detect PCI function number on 5717, 5719, and 5720.
If shared memory does not have proper signature, read the function number
from register directly.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Detect NVRAM types for 5762 and read OTP firmware version.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add basic support for 5762 which is a 57765_PLUS class device.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MX6 and mx28 support enhanced DMA descriptor buff to support 1588
ptp. But MX25, MX3x, MX5x can't support enhanced DMA descriptor buff.
Check fec type and choose correct DMA descriptor buff type.
Remove static config CONFIG_FEC_PTP.
ptp function will be auto detected.
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sparse complains that:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/tg3.c:5670:55: sparse: constant
0x7fffffffffffffff is so big it is long long (on x86/32 bit)
so we suffix the constant with LL in the header file.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Huewe <peterhuewe@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables USB dynamic autosuspend for LAN9500A. This
saves very little power in itself, but it allows power saving
in upstream hubs/hosts.
The earlier devices in this family (LAN9500/9512/9514) do not
support this feature.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The register read/write functions already log a warning if
an access fails, so this patch removes the additional warnings
logged by callers that don't add any more information.
This patch makes the resulting driver smaller by not containing
as many warning strings.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Benefit from new upper dev list and free bonding from dev->master usage.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu_read_lock was missing here
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the 60 GHz 802.11ad Wilocity card
through a new driver, wil6210. Wilocity implemented the
firmware, QCA maintains the device driver.
Currently supported:
- STA: with security
- AP: limited to 1 connected STA, security disabled
- Monitor: due to a hardware/firmware limitation
either control or non-control frames are monitored
Using a STA and AP with this drive, one can assemble
a fully functional BSS. Throughput of 1.2Gbps is achieved
with iperf.
The wil6210 cards have on-board flash memory for the
firmware, the cards comes pre-flashed and no firmware
download is required.
For more details see:
http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Drivers/wil6210
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
wait_event_interruptible function returns -ERESTARTSYS if it's
interrupted by a signal. Driver should check the return value
and handle this case properly.
In mwifiex_wait_queue_complete() routine, as we are now checking
wait_event_interruptible return value, the condition check is not
required. Also, we have removed mwifiex_cancel_pending_ioctl()
call to avoid a chance of sending second command to FW by other path
as soon as we clear current command node. FW can not handle two
commands simultaneously.
Cc: "3.6+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ath9k consists of 2 different sub-modules: ATH9K and ATH9K_HTC.
Both uses common Atheros code from ath.ko and need ATH_COMMON.
However, while ATH9K selects ATH_COMMON, ATH9K_HTC does not.
As result, if ATH9K_HTC is the only Atheros card selected, compilation fails with
unresolved symbols.
This patch moves ATH_COMMON selection to the common part for both
ATH9K and ATH9K_HTC
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A beacon period starts at TSF time 0. Spoof this by
rounding the starting beacon time to a multiple of the
beacon interval, and keep TBTT aligned on TSF adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For testing various timing-sensitive protocols (power
save, MBCA, etc.), a beacon accuracy of jiffies is not
sufficient. A tasklet_hrtimer is used for the beacon since
it runs the callback in soft-IRQ context with hrtimer
resolution.
Also handle BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED for hwsim.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[simplify timer container_of]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make hwsim TSF offset adjustments cumulative and relative
to the fake PHY TSF. Now adding 1000us, then adding -1000us
doesn't result in a tsf_offset of -1000. Also the beacon
timestamp can now correctly be expressed as (tsf +
data->tsf_offset), which will be done in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, when invalid address was passed to ndo_set_mac_address,
random mac was generated and set. Fix this by returning -EADDRNOTAVAIL
in this situation.
Also polish the code around a bit.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NET_ADDR_SET is set in dev_set_mac_address() no need to alter
dev->addr_assign_type value in drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bestcomm dma hardware, and some of its users like the FEC ethernet
component, is used in different FreeScale parts, including non-powerpc
parts like the ColdFire MCF547x & MCF548x families. Don't keep the
driver hidden in arch/powerpc where it is inaccessible for other arches.
.c files are moved to drivers/dma/bestcomm, while .h files are moved to
include/linux/fsl/bestcomm. Makefiles, Kconfigs and #include directives
are updated for the new file locations.
Tested by recompiling for MPC5200 with all bestcomm users enabled.
Signed-off-by: Philippe De Muyter <phdm@macqel.be>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This allows to let sparse check that the NIC access is
always released.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix typo in the macro name and the wrong value.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Synchronizing the IRQ is pointless when we will
then enable the RF-Kill interrupt again, but is
needed before we free it and the data needed to
handle IRQs; move it to the free function.
Simiarly, cancelling the replenish work struct
can move to the function that frees the RX data
structures.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to request the IRQ every time the
device is started, we can request it just once.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwl_trans_grab_nic_access returns a boolean. So ret should
explicitely set to an error code and not rely on the value
returned by iwl_trans_grab_nic_access.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a bug in the currently released firmware version,
the sequence control in the Tx response isn't updated in
all cases. Take it from the packet as a workaround.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Different transports implement the access to the SRAM in
different ways. Virtualize it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since different transports have different ways to wake the
up the NIC, we need to virtualize it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By accident, commit eb6476441b
("iwlwifi: protect use_ict with irq_lock") changed the return
value of the iwl_pcie_isr() function in case it handles an
interrupt -- it now returns IRQ_NONE instead of IRQ_HANDLED.
Put back the correct return value.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use __packed instead of __attribute__((packed)).
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, the fw should run even if the NIC is in
RFKILL. Make the API more flexible to allow that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No need to verify that the fw has been written correctly.
In case it hasn't, we won't get ALIVE notification.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we take a pointer to the tid_data, then use it.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
- connection with the peer was dropped
- session stop was requested locally
- session stop was requested by the peer
- connection was dropped while a session is stopping
The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.
Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.
In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer
return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right,
it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz
channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the
regulatory database handling is defined right now though
so remove the logic to handle other channel widths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Paged RX, i.e. SKBs with (some of) the data in pages instead
of the SKB header data (skb->data) can behave differently in
the stack and cause other bugs. To make debugging easier add
an option to hwsim to test with such SKBs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Update master's carrier state when there is any
change with its ports.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VXLAN pseudo-device doesn't care if the mac address changes
when device is up.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following error reported by kbuild test robot.
static declaration of 'qlcnic_restore_indev_addr' follows
non-static declaration.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RSN IEs got incorrectly parsed and therefore ap mode using WPA2
security was not working.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patches from Canonical involved the introduction of new source
files debug.[ch]. That coincided with other patches from Broadcom
introducing the same files.
Cc: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kernel 3.8 implements checking of all DMA mapping calls and issues
a WARNING for the first it finds that is not checked.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds USBIDs for:
- DrayTek Vigor 530
- Zoom 4410a
It also adds a note about Gemtek WUBI-100GW
and SparkLAN WL-682 USBID conflict [WUBI-100GW
is a ISL3886+NET2280 (LM86 firmare) solution,
whereas WL-682 is a ISL3887 (LM87 firmware)]
device.
Source: <http://www.wikidevi.com/wiki/Intersil/p54/usb/windows>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We fail to release 'urb' if '_rtl_prep_rx_urb()' fails in
_rtl_usb_receive().
This patch should take care of the leak.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Populate iniModesRxGain with the correct initvals
array for AR9485 v1.1
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
wlc_lcnphy_rx_iq_cal_gain is called during initialization, i. e. when
executing brcms_up.
But brcms_up is called from brcms_ops_start while the latter holds a spin lock.
Thus, we cannot use usleep_range but have to use udelay.
This fixes:
BUG: scheduling while atomic: NetworkManager/1652/0x00000200
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81582522>] __schedule_bug+0x48/0x54
[<ffffffff815892b6>] __schedule+0x596/0x6d0
[<ffffffff81589719>] schedule+0x29/0x70
[<ffffffff8158893c>] schedule_hrtimeout_range_clock+0xfc/0x140
[<ffffffff81060f10>] ? update_rmtp+0x70/0x70
[<ffffffff81588993>] schedule_hrtimeout_range+0x13/0x20
[<ffffffff810495e0>] usleep_range+0x40/0x50
[<ffffffffa05dedcb>] wlc_lcnphy_rx_iq_cal.constprop.10+0x59b/0xa90 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05df4ce>] wlc_lcnphy_periodic_cal+0x20e/0x220 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05dce8d>] ? wlc_lcnphy_set_tx_pwr_ctrl+0x21d/0x3c0 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05e0cfc>] wlc_phy_init_lcnphy+0xacc/0x1100 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05e0230>] ? wlc_phy_txpower_recalc_target_lcnphy+0x90/0x90 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05d7c7d>] wlc_phy_init+0xcd/0x170 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05c9dfe>] brcms_b_bsinit.isra.65+0x12e/0x310 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05d061b>] brcms_c_init+0x8fb/0x1170 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05c3a0a>] brcms_init+0x5a/0x70 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05ce76c>] brcms_c_up+0x1ac/0x4a0 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05c3c65>] brcms_up+0x25/0x30 [brcmsmac]
[<ffffffffa05c44c0>] brcms_ops_start+0xd0/0x100 [brcmsmac]
[...]
Signed-off-by: Niels Ole Salscheider <niels_ole@salscheider-online.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Added USB ID for T-Com Sinus 154 data II.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Guszkowski <tsg@o2.pl>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sean reported that as of 3.7, his AR9170 device no longer works
because the driver fails during initialization. He noted this
is due to:
"In carl9170/fw.c, ar->hw->wiphy is tagged with
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT support if the firmware has Content
after Beacon Queuing. This is both in interface_modes and the
only iface_combinations entry.
If CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is not set, ieee80211_register_hw
removes NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT from interface_modes, but
not iface_combinations.
wiphy_register then checks to see if every interface type in
every interface combination is in interface_modes.
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT was removed, so you get a WARN_ON
warning and it returns -EINVAL, giving up."
Unfortunately, the iface_combination (types) feature bitmap
in ieee80211_iface_limit is part of a const member in the
ieee80211_iface_combination struct. Hence, the MESH_POINT
feature flag can't be masked by wiphy_register in the
same way as interface_modes in ieee80211_register_hw.
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Sean Patrick Santos <quantheory@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Sean Patrick Santos <quantheory@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Incorrect use of usb_alloc_coherent memory as input buffer to usb_control_msg
can cause problems in arch DMA code, for example kernel BUG at
'arch/arm/include/asm/dma-mapping.h:321' on ARM (linux-3.4).
Change _usb_writeN_sync use kmalloc'd buffer instead.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since ath9k makes use of mac80211's debugfs hooks to
maintain station statistics, make ATH9K_DEBUGFS
select MAC80211_DEBUGFS. This fixes the issue reported by
Fengguang Wu:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c: In function 'ath9k_sta_add_debugfs':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c:1589:4: error: 'struct ath_node' has no member named 'node_stat'
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c: In function 'ath9k_sta_remove_debugfs':
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c:1599:19: error: 'struct ath_node' has no member named 'node_stat'
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable 83xx virtual NIC mode
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flash template provides instructions to stop, restart and initalize the
firmware. These instructions are abstracted as a series of read, write and
poll operations on hardware registers. Register information and operation
specifics are not exposed to the driver. Driver reads the template from
flash and executes the instructions located at pre-defined offsets.
Template based firmware reset recovery and initialization mechanism minimize
driver changes as firmware evolves.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Inter Driver Communication (IDC) module.
CNA function drivers(ISCSI, FCOE and NIC) which shares the adapter
relies on IDC mechanism for gracefull shut down, restart and
firmware error recovery.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sucheta Chakraborty <sucheta.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
83xx adapter flash memory map, data structures and interface routines
Signed-off-by: Himanshu Madhani <himanshu.madhani@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable base 83xx adapter driver.
Common driver interface routines like probe,
interface up/down routines, irq and resource
allocation routines are modified to add support for 83xx
adapter.
Signed-off-by: Sucheta Chakraborty <sucheta.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sritej Velaga <sritej.velaga@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor 82xx driver to support new adapter - Qlogic 83XX CNA
Use QLC_SHARED_REG_RD32 and QLC__SHARED_REG_WR32 macros
for 82xx and 83xx common register access.
Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor 82xx driver to support new adapter - Qlogic 83XX CNA
Create adapter abstraction layer and seperate 82xx hardware access routines.
Create mailbox based HW interface mechanism
Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the various VF device ids (of all supported hardware)
Add the calls to enable_sriov and disable_sriov to enable the
SR-IOV feature. This patch also advances the version and release
date of the bnx2x module.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The PF <-> VF Bulletin Board is a simple interface between the
PF and the VF. The main reason for the Bulletin Board is to allow
the PF to be the initiator. The VF publishes at 'acquire' stage
the GPA of a Bulletin Board structure it has allocated. The PF notes
this GPA in the VF database. The VF samples the Bulletin Board
periodically for new messages. The latest version of the BB is always
used.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FLR indication arrives as an attention from the management processor.
Upon VF flr all FLRed function in the indication have already been
released by Firmware and now we basically need to free the resources
allocated to those VFs, and clean any remainders from the device
(FLR final cleanup).
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'release' request is the opposite of the 'acquire' request.
At release, all the resources allocated to the VF are reclaimed.
The release flow applies the close flow if applicable.
Note that there are actually two types of release:
1. The VF has been removed, and so issued a 'release' request
over the VF <-> PF Channel.
2. The PF is going down and so has to release all of it's VFs.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'close' command is the opposite of an init request. Here the
queues of the VF are closed (if any are opened) and released.
This flow applies the 'q_teardown' flow on all the queues.
The VF state is changed by this request.
Interrupts are disabled for the VF when closed.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 'q_teardown' request is basically the opposite of the 'q_setup'.
Here the PF driver removes from the device the queue it opened against
the VF fastpath ring at 'setup_q' stage, along with all related
rx_mode info.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF driver uses the 'q_filters' message on the VF <-> PF channel
for configuring an open queue, for example when the rxmode changes.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon receiving a 'setup_q' request from the VF over the VF <-> PF
channel the PF driver will open a corresponding queue in the
device. The PF driver configures the queue with appropriate mac
address, vlan configuration, etc from the VF.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Statistics are collected by the PF driver. The collection is
performed via a query sent to the device which is basically an array
of 3-tuples of the form (statistics client, function, DMAE address).
In this patch the PF driver adds to the query, on top of the
statistics clients it is maintaining for itself (rss queues, storage,
etc), the 3-tuples for the VFs it is maintaining. The addresses used
are the GPAs of the statistics buffers supplied by the VF in the
init message on the VF <-> PF channel. The function parameter
ensures that the iommu will translate the GPA to the correct physical
address.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF driver will send an 'init' request as part of its nic load
flow. This message is used by the VF to publish the GPA's of its
status blocks, slow path ring and statistics buffer.
The PF driver notes all this down in the VF database, and also uses
this message to transfer the VF to VF_INIT state internally.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a VF is probed by the VF driver, the VF driver sends an
'acquire' request over the VF <-> PF channel for the resources
it needs to operate (interrupts, queues, etc).
The PF driver either ratifies the request and allocates the resources,
responds with the maximum values it will allow the VF to acquire,
or fails the request entirely if there is a problem.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support interrupt from device which indicates VF has placed
A request on the VF <-> PF channel.
The PF driver issues a DMAE to retrieve the request from the VM
memory (the Ghost Physical Address of the request is contained
in the interrupt. The PF driver uses the GPA in the DMAE request,
which is translated by the IOMMU to the correct physical address).
The request which arrives is examined to recognize the sending VF.
The PF driver allocates a workitem to handle the VF Operation (vfop).
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
At nic load of the PF, if VFs may be present, prepare the device
for the VFs. Initialize the VF database in preparation of VF arrival.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When A PF determines that it may have to manage SRIOV VFs it
allocates a database for this purpose. The database is intended to
keep track of the VF state, the resources allocated for each VF
(queues, interrupt vectors, etc), the state of the VF's queues.
When the VF loads the database is updated accordingly.
When A VF closes the database is consulted to determine which
resources need to be released (close queues against device, reclaim
interrupt vectors, etc).
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When VF driver is transmitting it must supply the correct mac
address in the parsing BD. This is used for firmware validation
and enforcement and also for tx-switching.
Refactor interrupt ack flow to allow for different BAR addresses of
the hardware in the PF BAR vs the VF BAR.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VF driver uses the 'q_filter' request in the VF <-> PF channel to
have the PF configure the requested rxmode to device. ndo_set_rxmode
is called under bottom half lock, so sleeping until the response
arrives over the VF <-> PF channel is out of the question. For this reason
the VF driver returns from the ndo after scheduling a work item, which
in turn processes the rx mode request and adds the classification
information through the VF <-> PF channel accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a VF is being closed its queues are released via
the 'teardown_q' and the VF itself is closed with
'close'. These are essentially the unload counterparts of
'init' and 'setup_q' from the load flow.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
'init' - init an acquired VF. Supply allocation GPAs to PF.
'setup_q' - PF to allocate a queue in device on behalf of the VF.
'set_mac' - PF to configure a mac in device on behalf of the VF.
VF driver uses these requests in the VF <-> PF channel in nic_load
flow.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generally, the VF driver cannot access the chip, except by the
narrow window its BAR allows. Care had to be taken so the VF driver
will not reach code which accesses the chip elsewhere.
Refactor the nic_load flow into parts so it would be
easier to separate the VF-only logic from the PF-only logic.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF driver uses this request when removed. The PF driver
reclaims all resources allocated for that VF at this
time.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the 'acquire' request to VF <-> PF channel and use it at
VF probe. In the acquire request the VF driver lists the resources
it would like to have. In the response the PF either ratifies the
request, or denies it and supplies the maximum values supported.
The VF may then attempt another acquire request.
This patch adds the bnx2x_vfpf.c file which contains the
implementation of the VF to PF hardware channel.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support probing and removing of a bnx2x virtual function
the following were added:
1. add bnx2x_vfpf.h: defines the VF to PF channel
2. add bnx2x_sriov.h: header for bnx2x SR-IOV functionality
3. enumerate VF hw types (identify VFs)
4. if driving a VF, map VF bar
5. if driving a VF, allocate Vf to PF channel
6. refactor interrupt flows to include VF
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds few ethtool operations to team driver.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
veth is lacking most modern facilities, like SG, checksums, TSO.
It makes sense to extend dev->features to get them, or GRO aggregation
is defeated by a forced segmentation.
Reported-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
veth stats are a bit bloated. There is no need to account transmit
and receive stats, since they are absolutely symmetric.
Also use a per device atomic64_t for the dropped counter, as it
should never be used in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The user space teamd daemon may need to control the
master's carrier state depending on the selected mode.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With 3.8-rc1, the first call of pci_map_single() that is not checked
with a corresponding pci_dma_mapping_error() call results in a warning
with a splat as follows:
WARNING: at lib/dma-debug.c:933 check_unmap+0x480/0x950()
Hardware name: HP Pavilion dv2700 Notebook PC
forcedeth 0000:00:0a.0: DMA-API: device driver failed to check
map error[device address=0x00000000b176e002] [size=90 bytes] [mapped as single]
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
also known as Alcatel One Touch L100V LTE
The driver description files gives these names to the vendor specific
functions on this modem:
Application1: VID_1BBB&PID_011E&MI_00
Application2: VID_1BBB&PID_011E&MI_01
Modem: VID_1BBB&PID_011E&MI_03
Ethernet: VID_1BBB&PID_011E&MI_04
Reported-by: Thomas Schäfer <tschaefer@t-online.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to test whether a (delayed) work item in pending
before queueing, flushing or cancelling it. Most uses are unnecessary
and quite a few of them are buggy.
Remove unnecessary pending tests from wl1251. Only compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Drop work_pending() test from mwifiex_sdio_card_reset(). As
work_pending() becomes %false before sdio_card_reset_worker() starts
executing, it doesn't really protect anything. reset_host may change
between mmc_remove_host() and mmc_add_host(). Make
sdio_card_reset_worker() cache the target mmc_host so that it isn't
affected by mwifiex_sdio_card_reset() racing with it.
Only compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
There's no need to test whether a (delayed) work item in pending
before queueing, flushing or cancelling it. Most uses are unnecessary
and quite a few of them are buggy.
Remove unnecessary pending tests from sja1000. Only compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) GRE tunnel drivers don't set the transport header properly, they also
blindly deref the inner protocol ipv4 and needs some checks. Fixes
from Isaku Yamahata.
2) Fix sleeps while atomic in netdevice rename code, from Eric Dumazet.
3) Fix double-spinlock in solos-pci driver, from Dan Carpenter.
4) More ARP bug fixes. Fix lockdep splat in arp_solicit() and then the
bug accidentally added by that fix. From Eric Dumazet and Cong Wang.
5) Remove some __dev* annotations that slipped back in, as well as all
HOTPLUG references. From Greg KH
6) RDS protocol uses wrong interfaces to access scatter-gather elements,
causing a regression. From Mike Marciniszyn.
7) Fix build error in cpts driver, from Richard Cochran.
8) Fix arithmetic in packet scheduler, from Stefan Hasko.
9) Similarly, fix association during calculation of random backoff in
batman-adv. From Akinobu Mita.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (21 commits)
ipv6/ip6_gre: set transport header correctly
ipv4/ip_gre: set transport header correctly to gre header
IB/rds: suppress incompatible protocol when version is known
IB/rds: Correct ib_api use with gs_dma_address/sg_dma_len
net/vxlan: Use the underlying device index when joining/leaving multicast groups
tcp: should drop incoming frames without ACK flag set
netprio_cgroup: define sk_cgrp_prioidx only if NETPRIO_CGROUP is enabled
cpts: fix a run time warn_on.
cpts: fix build error by removing useless code.
batman-adv: fix random jitter calculation
arp: fix a regression in arp_solicit()
net: sched: integer overflow fix
CONFIG_HOTPLUG removal from networking core
Drivers: network: more __dev* removal
bridge: call br_netpoll_disable in br_add_if
ipv4: arp: fix a lockdep splat in arp_solicit()
tuntap: dont use a private kmem_cache
net: devnet_rename_seq should be a seqcount
ip_gre: fix possible use after free
ip_gre: make ipgre_tunnel_xmit() not parse network header as IP unconditionally
...
The socket calls from vxlan to join/leave multicast group aren't
using the index of the underlying device, as a result the stack uses
the first interface that is up. This results in vxlan being non functional
over a device which isn't the 1st to be up.
Fix this by providing the iflink field to the vxlan instance
to the multicast calls.
Signed-off-by: Yan Burman <yanb@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a warning in clk_enable by calling clk_prepare_enable
instead.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpts driver tries to obtain the input clock frequency by calling the
clock's internal 'recalc' method. Since <plat/clock.h> has been removed,
this code can no longer compile.
However, the driver never makes use of the frequency value, so this patch
fixes the issue by removing the offending code altogether.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove some __dev* markings that snuck in the 3.8-rc1 merge window in
the drivers/net/* directory.
Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- cxgb4 changes to fix lookup engine hash collisions
- mlx4 changes to make flow steering usable
- fix to IPoIB to avoid pinning dst reference for too long
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=lDXt
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband
Pull more infiniband changes from Roland Dreier:
"Second batch of InfiniBand/RDMA changes for 3.8:
- cxgb4 changes to fix lookup engine hash collisions
- mlx4 changes to make flow steering usable
- fix to IPoIB to avoid pinning dst reference for too long"
* tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband:
RDMA/cxgb4: Fix bug for active and passive LE hash collision path
RDMA/cxgb4: Fix LE hash collision bug for passive open connection
RDMA/cxgb4: Fix LE hash collision bug for active open connection
mlx4_core: Allow choosing flow steering mode
mlx4_core: Adjustments to Flow Steering activation logic for SR-IOV
mlx4_core: Fix error flow in the flow steering wrapper
mlx4_core: Add QPN enforcement for flow steering rules set by VFs
cxgb4: Add LE hash collision bug fix path in LLD driver
cxgb4: Add T4 filter support
IPoIB: Call skb_dst_drop() once skb is enqueued for sending
Commit 96442e4242 (tuntap: choose the txq based on rxq)
added a per tun_struct kmem_cache.
As soon as several tun_struct are used, we get an error
because two caches cannot have same name.
Use the default kmalloc()/kfree_rcu(), as it reduce code
size and doesn't have performance impact here.
Reported-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Latinoware 2012.
There's a slightly non-trivial merge in virtio-net, as we cleaned up the
virtio add_buf interface while DaveM accepted the mq virtio-net patches.
You can see my solution in my pending-rebases branch, if that helps, but I
know you love merging:
https://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux.git;a=commit;h=12e4e64fa66a4c812e4855de32abdb4d819526fe
Cheers,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=myDR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull virtio update from Rusty Russell:
"Some nice cleanups, and even a patch my wife did as a "live" demo for
Latinoware 2012.
There's a slightly non-trivial merge in virtio-net, as we cleaned up
the virtio add_buf interface while DaveM accepted the mq virtio-net
patches."
* tag 'virtio-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (27 commits)
virtio_console: Add support for remoteproc serial
virtio_console: Merge struct buffer_token into struct port_buffer
virtio: add drv_to_virtio to make code clearly
virtio: use dev_to_virtio wrapper in virtio
virtio-mmio: Fix irq parsing in command line parameter
virtio_console: Free buffers from out-queue upon close
virtio: Convert dev_printk(KERN_<LEVEL> to dev_<level>(
virtio_console: Use kmalloc instead of kzalloc
virtio_console: Free buffer if splice fails
virtio: tools: make it clear that virtqueue_add_buf() no longer returns > 0
virtio: scsi: make it clear that virtqueue_add_buf() no longer returns > 0
virtio: rpmsg: make it clear that virtqueue_add_buf() no longer returns > 0
virtio: net: make it clear that virtqueue_add_buf() no longer returns > 0
virtio: console: make it clear that virtqueue_add_buf() no longer returns > 0
virtio: make virtqueue_add_buf() returning 0 on success, not capacity.
virtio: console: don't rely on virtqueue_add_buf() returning capacity.
virtio_net: don't rely on virtqueue_add_buf() returning capacity.
virtio-net: remove unused skb_vnet_hdr->num_sg field
virtio-net: correct capacity math on ring full
virtio: move queue_index and num_free fields into core struct virtqueue.
...
Retries active opens for INUSE errors.
Logs any active ofld_connect_wr error replies.
Sends ofld_connect_wr on same ctrlq. It needs to go on the same control txq as
regular CPL active/passive messages.
Retries on active open replies with EADDRINUSE.
Uses active open fw wr only if active filter region is set.
Adds stat for ofld_connect_wr failures.
This patch also adds debugfs file to show endpoints.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
It establishes passive open connection through firmware work request. Passive
open connection will go through this path as now instead of listening server we
create a server filter which will redirect the incoming SYN packet to the
offload queue. After this driver tries to establish the connection using
firmware work request.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
It enables establishing active open connection using fw_ofld_connection work
request when cpl_act_open_rpl says TCAM full error which may be because
of LE hash collision. Current support is only for IPv4 active open connections.
Sets ntuple bits in active open requests. For T4 firmware greater than 1.4.10.0
ntuple bits are required to be set.
Adds nocong and enable_ecn module parameter options.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
[ Move all FW return values to t4fw_api.h. - Roland ]
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Really fix tuntap SKB use after free bug, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Adjust SKB data pointer to point past the transport header before
calling icmpv6_notify() so that the headers are in the state which
that function expects. From Duan Jiong.
3) Fix ambiguities in the new tuntap multi-queue APIs. From Jason
Wang.
4) mISDN needs to use del_timer_sync(), from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
5) Don't destroy mutex after freeing up device private in mac802154,
fix also from Konstantin Khlebnikov.
6) Fix INET request socket leak in TCP and DCCP, from Christoph Paasch.
7) SCTP HMAC kconfig rework, from Neil Horman.
8) Fix SCTP jprobes function signature, otherwise things explode, from
Daniel Borkmann.
9) Fix typo in ipv6-offload Makefile variable reference, from Simon
Arlott.
10) Don't fail USBNET open just because remote wakeup isn't supported,
from Oliver Neukum.
11) be2net driver bug fixes from Sathya Perla.
12) SOLOS PCI ATM driver bug fixes from Nathan Williams and David
Woodhouse.
13) Fix MTU changing regression in 8139cp driver, from John Greene.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (45 commits)
solos-pci: ensure all TX packets are aligned to 4 bytes
solos-pci: add firmware upgrade support for new models
solos-pci: remove superfluous debug output
solos-pci: add GPIO support for newer versions on Geos board
8139cp: Prevent dev_close/cp_interrupt race on MTU change
net: qmi_wwan: add ZTE MF880
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smsc911x.c
drivers/net: Use of_match_ptr() macro in smc91x.c
ipv6: addrconf.c: remove unnecessary "if"
bridge: Correctly encode addresses when dumping mdb entries
bridge: Do not unregister all PF_BRIDGE rtnl operations
use generic usbnet_manage_power()
usbnet: generic manage_power()
usbnet: handle PM failure gracefully
ksz884x: fix receive polling race condition
qlcnic: update driver version
qlcnic: fix unused variable warnings
net: fec: forbid FEC_PTP on SoCs that do not support
be2net: fix wrong frag_idx reported by RX CQ
be2net: fix be_close() to ensure all events are ack'ed
...
commit: cb64edb6b8 upstream
Above commit may introduce a race between cp_interrupt and dev_close
/ change MTU / dev_open up state. Changes cp_interrupt to tolerate
this. Change spin_locking in cp_interrupt to avoid possible
but unobserved race.
Reported-by: "Francois Romieu" <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Tested on virtual hardware, Tx MTU size up to 4096, max tx payload
was ping -s 4068 for MTU of 4096. No real hardware, need test
assist.
Signed-off-by: "John Greene" <jogreene@redhat.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: "David Woodhouse" <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Tested-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver description files gives these names to the vendor specific
functions on this modem:
diag: VID_19D2&PID_0284&MI_00
nmea: VID_19D2&PID_0284&MI_01
at: VID_19D2&PID_0284&MI_02
mdm: VID_19D2&PID_0284&MI_03
net: VID_19D2&PID_0284&MI_04
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add CONFIG_OF guard and use of_match_ptr macro.
Signed-off-by: Sachin Kamat <sachin.kamat@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This eliminates having an #ifdef returning NULL for the case
when OF is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Sachin Kamat <sachin.kamat@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This covers the drivers that can use a primitive
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Centralise common code for manage_power() in usbnet
by making a generic simple implementation
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a device fails to do remote wakeup, this is no reason
to abort an open totally. This patch just continues without
runtime PM.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ksz884x driver does receive processing in a custom tasklet, and
seems to be assuming that since it takes its private interface spinlock
with spin_lock_irq(), it won't be running concurrently with its own
interrupt handler, as it cannot be preempted by it, but since its
interrupt handler doesn't do any locking whatsoever, the receive
processing tasklet and interrupt handler can end up running concurrently
on different CPUs.
As a result of this, the ksz884x receive path ends up locking up fairly
easily, when the receive processing tasklet's reenabling of receive
interrupts (due to it being done with polling the receive ring) races
with the interrupt handler's disabling of receive interrupts (due to a
new receive interrupt coming in) resulting in the receive interrupt
being masked but the receive processing tasklet not being scheduled.
Fix this by making the ksz884x interrupt handler take its private
interface spinlock. This requires upgrading the spin_lock() in the
transmit cleanup tasklet to a spin_lock_irq(), as otherwise the IRQ
handler can preempt transmit cleanup and deadlock the system, but
with those two changes, no more receive lockups have been observed.
Reported-by: Chris Healy <cphealy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
----
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qlcnic_hw.c:370: warning: variable cmd_desc set but not used
qlcnic_hw.c:368: warning: variable consumer set but not used
qlcnic_main.c:448: warning: variable ref_count set but not used
qlcnic_main.c:534: warning: variable mem_base set but not used
qlcnic_ctx.c:137: warning: variable tmp_tmpl set but not used
qlcnic_ctx.c:133: warning: variable version set but not used
qlcnic_minidump.c:200: warning: variable opcode set but not used
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Device managed flow steering will be enabled only under administrator
directive provided through setting the existing module parameter
log_num_mgm_entry_size to -1 (if the device actually supports flow
steering). If flow steering isn't requested or not available, the
driver will use the value of log_num_mgm_entry_size and B0 steering.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Separate flow steering capability detection from the decision to activate.
For the master (and for native), detect the flow steering capability
in mlx4_dev_cap, but activate the appropriate steering type in a new
function choose_flow_steering() based on detected data.
For VFs, activate flow steering based on what was actually activated
by the master, where that info is obtained via QUERY_HCA. This fixes
the current VF detection which is wrongly based on QUERY_DEV_CAP.
Also, for SR-IOV mode, if flow steering may be activated, do so only
if the max number of QPs per rule is sufficient to satisfy one
subscription per VF. If not, fall back to B0 mode. This is needed to
serve registrations done by L2 network drivers such as mlx4_en and
IPoIB when the network stack attempts to join to multicast groups such
as all-hosts or the IPoIB broadcast group.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
The error flow of the flow steering wrapper had a typo which caused
the wrong firmware command to be called, fix it.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Since VFs may be mapped to VMs which aren't trusted entities, flow
steering rules attached through the wrapper on behalf of VFs must be
checked to make sure that the specified QP number is assigned to that
VF. Also, make sure to keep the QP busy till the end of the operation
from the resource tracker point of view.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
It supports establishing passive open connection through firmware filter work
request. Passive open connection will go through this path as now instead of
listening server we create a server filter which will redirect the incoming SYN
packet to the offload queue.
It divides filter region into regular filters and server filter portion. It
introduces new server filter region which will be exclusively used for creating
server filters. This region will not overlap with regular filter region.
It provides new API cxgb4_alloc_sftid in LLD for getting stid in case of LE
hash collision path. This new stid will be used to open server filter in the
filter region.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
The T4 architecture is capable of filtering ingress packets at line rate
using the rule in TCAM. If packet hits a rule in the TCAM then it can be either
dropped or passed to the receive queues based on a rule settings.
This patch adds framework for managing filters and to use T4's filter
capabilities. It constructs a Firmware Filter Work Request which writes the
filter at a specified index to get the work done. It hosts shadow copy of
ingress filter entry to check field size limitations and save memory in the
case where the filter table is large.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Beside imx6q, the kernel built from imx_v6_v7_defconfig is also
supposed to be running on other IMX SoCs that do not have the PTP
block. Before fec driver gets fixed to run-time detect target hardware
rather than conditional compiling with #ifdef CONFIG_FEC_PTP, let's
give it a quick fix in Kconfig to forbid FEC_PTP on those IMX SoCs that
do not support PTP.
Reported-by: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RX CQ can report completions with invalid frag_idx when the RXQ that
was *previously* using it, was not cleaned up properly. This hits
a BUG_ON() in be2net.
When completion coalescing is enabled on a CQ, an explicit CQ-notify
(with rearm) is needed for each compl, to flush partially coalesced CQ
entries that are pending DMA.
In be_close(), this fix now notifies CQ for each compl, waits explicitly
for the flush compl to arrive and complains if it doesn't arrive.
Also renaming be_crit_error() to be_hw_error() as it's the more
appropriate name and to convey that we don't wait for the flush compl
only when a HW error has occurred.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In be_close(), be_eq_clean() must be called after all RX/TX/MCC queues
have been cleaned to ensure that any events caused while cleaning up
completions are notified/acked. Not clearing all events can cause
upredictable behaviour when RX rings are re-created in the subsequent
be_open().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull powerpc update from Benjamin Herrenschmidt:
"The main highlight is probably some base POWER8 support. There's more
to come such as transactional memory support but that will wait for
the next one.
Overall it's pretty quiet, or rather I've been pretty poor at picking
things up from patchwork and reviewing them this time around and Kumar
no better on the FSL side it seems..."
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/benh/powerpc: (73 commits)
powerpc+of: Rename and fix OF reconfig notifier error inject module
powerpc: mpc5200: Add a3m071 board support
powerpc/512x: don't compile any platform DIU code if the DIU is not enabled
powerpc/mpc52xx: use module_platform_driver macro
powerpc+of: Export of_reconfig_notifier_[register,unregister]
powerpc/dma/raidengine: add raidengine device
powerpc/iommu/fsl: Add PAMU bypass enable register to ccsr_guts struct
powerpc/mpc85xx: Change spin table to cached memory
powerpc/fsl-pci: Add PCI controller ATMU PM support
powerpc/86xx: fsl_pcibios_fixup_bus requires CONFIG_PCI
drivers/virt: the Freescale hypervisor driver doesn't need to check MSR[GS]
powerpc/85xx: p1022ds: Use NULL instead of 0 for pointers
powerpc: Disable relocation on exceptions when kexecing
powerpc: Enable relocation on during exceptions at boot
powerpc: Move get_longbusy_msecs into hvcall.h and remove duplicate function
powerpc: Add wrappers to enable/disable relocation on exceptions
powerpc: Add set_mode hcall
powerpc: Setup relocation on exceptions for bare metal systems
powerpc: Move initial mfspr LPCR out of __init_LPCR
powerpc: Add relocation on exception vector handlers
...
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we can easily use vq->num_free to determine if there are descriptors
left in the queue, we're about to change virtqueue_add_buf() to return 0
on success. The virtio_net driver is the only one which actually uses
the return value, so change that.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
[Split from "correct capacity math on ring full" -- Rusty]
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Capacity math on ring full is wrong: we are
looking at num_sg but that might be optimistic
because of indirect buffer use.
The implementation also penalizes fast path
with extra memory accesses for the benefit of
ring full condition handling which is slow path.
It's easy to query ring capacity so let's do just that.
This change also makes it easier to move vnet header
for tx around as follow-up patch does.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Make tun_enable_queue() static to fix the sparse warning:
drivers/net/tun.c:399:19: sparse: symbol 'tun_enable_queue' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use prandom_bytes() to fill rss key with pseudo-random bytes.
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Cc: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Adrian Hunter <adrian.hunter@intel.com>
Cc: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
Cc: David Laight <david.laight@aculab.com>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Cc: Michel Lespinasse <walken@google.com>
Cc: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Cc: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In commit 9c0ece069b ("Get rid of Documentation/feature-removal.txt"),
Linus removed feature-removal-schedule.txt from Documentation, but there
is still some reference to this file. So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Bug introduced in commit:
wireless: allow Atheros card to not depend on ath.ko
Commit in question changed CONFIG_ATH_COMMON to CONFIG_ATH_CARDS as
"Atheros card" indication in drivers/net/wireless/ath/Kconfig but it
is used also by drivers/net/wireless/Makefile
If there are only Atheros cards that do not require ATH_COMMON, whole
Makefile for Atheros cards was not executed; and as result, driver
won't compile in this case.
Change in CONFIG_ option name should be reflected in the
drivers/net/wireless/Makefile
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 'mac80211: support radiotap vendor namespace RX data'
new fields were added to 'struct ieee80211_rx_status' and those
fileds must be zeroed. However the rt2x00 driver stores driver
specific data in the cb array of the rx skbs, so the fields
might contain garbage and this can cause unexpected behaviour.
The rt2x00 driver from the compat-wireless-2012-12-01
tarball caused the following warning:
WARNING: at
/devel/ramips/build_dir/target-mipsel_r2_uClibc-0.9.33.2/linux-ramips_rt305x/
compat-wireless-2012-12-01/net/mac80211/rx.c:115 ieee80211_rx_irqsafe+0x274/0xbcc
[mac80211]()
Modules linked in: dwc_otg ledtrig_usbdev nf_nat_irc
nf_nat_ftp nf_conntrack_irc nf_conntrack_ftp ipt_MASQUERADE
iptable_nat nf_nat pppoe xt_conntrack xt_CT xt_NOTRACK iptable_raw
xt_state nf_conntrack_ipv4 nf_defrag_ipv4 nf_conntrack pppox
ipt_REJECT xt_TCPMSS xt_comment xt_multiport xt_mac xt_limit
iptable_mangle iptable_filter ip_tables xt_tcpudp x_tables ppp_async
ppp_generic slhc rt2800pci(O) rt2800lib(O) rt2x00soc(O) rt2x00pci(O)
rt2x00lib(O) mac80211(O) usbcore usb_common nls_base crc_itu_t
crc_ccitt eeprom_93cx6 cfg80211(O) compat(O) arc4 aes_generic
crypto_blkcipher cryptomgr aead crypto_hash crypto_algapi leds_gpio
button_hotplug(O) gpio_keys_polled input_polldev input_core
Call Trace:
[<801e96b4>] dump_stack+0x8/0x34
[<80010a9c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x78/0xa4
[<80010ae0>] warn_slowpath_null+0x18/0x24
[<80a9710c>] ieee80211_rx_irqsafe+0x274/0xbcc [mac80211]
The patch ensures that each field gets initialized with
zeroes.
Cc: <users@rt2x00.serialmonkey.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 499744209b (tuntap: dont use skb after netif_rx_ni(skb))
introduced another bug.
skb_get_rxhash() needs to access the network header, and it was
set for us in netif_rx_ni().
We need to reset network header or else skb_flow_dissect() behavior
is out of control.
Reported-and-tested-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
Tested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel.borkmann@tik.ee.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add device IDs for WiMAX function of Intel 6150 cards.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit:
04df251 can: sja1000: Make sja1000_of_platform selectable and compilable on SPARC
the driver can be activated on non powerpc platform like x86 or sparc. Without
this patch the driver fails to compile on platform that don't define NO_IRQ,
like x86.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Cc: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a branch with updates for Marvell's mvebu/kirkwood platforms. They
came in late-ish, and were heavily interdependent such that it didn't
make sense to split them up across the cross-platform topic branches. So
here they are (for the second release in a row) in a branch on their own.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=7luC
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mvebu' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC updates for Marvell mvebu/kirkwood from Olof Johansson:
"This is a branch with updates for Marvell's mvebu/kirkwood platforms.
They came in late-ish, and were heavily interdependent such that it
didn't make sense to split them up across the cross-platform topic
branches. So here they are (for the second release in a row) in a
branch on their own."
* tag 'mvebu' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (88 commits)
arm: l2x0: add aurora related properties to OF binding
arm: mvebu: add Aurora L2 Cache Controller to the DT
arm: mvebu: add L2 cache support
dma: mv_xor: fix error handling path
dma: mv_xor: fix error checking of irq_of_parse_and_map()
dma: mv_xor: use request_irq() instead of devm_request_irq()
dma: mv_xor: clear the window override control registers
arm: mvebu: fix address decoding armada_cfg_base() function
ARM: mvebu: update defconfig with I2C and RTC support
ARM: mvebu: Add SATA support for OpenBlocks AX3-4
ARM: mvebu: Add support for the RTC in OpenBlocks AX3-4
ARM: mvebu: Add support for I2C on OpenBlocks AX3-4
ARM: mvebu: Add support for I2C controllers in Armada 370/XP
arm: mvebu: Add hardware I/O Coherency support
arm: plat-orion: Add coherency attribute when setup mbus target
arm: dma mapping: Export a dma ops function arm_dma_set_mask
arm: mvebu: Add SMP support for Armada XP
arm: mm: Add support for PJ4B cpu and init routines
arm: mvebu: Add IPI support via doorbells
arm: mvebu: Add initial support for power managmement service unit
...
Commit 87c0e764 (cpts: introduce time stamping code and a PTP hardware clock)
mistakenly included plat/clock.h that should not be included by drivers
even if it exists.
Otherwise we get the following error with at least omap2plus_defconfig:
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpts.c:30:24: error: plat/clock.h: No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding initializes these works in bond_open() and cancels in bond_close(),
thus in bond_uninit() they are already canceled but may be unitialized yet.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@openvz.org>
Cc: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes platform device drivers unregistering and adds proper error
handing on module loading.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@openvz.org>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current multiqueue API is ambigious which may confuse both user and LSM to
do things correctly:
- Both TUNSETIFF and TUNSETQUEUE could be used to create the queues of a tuntap
device.
- TUNSETQUEUE were used to disable and enable a specific queue of the
device. But since the state of tuntap were completely removed from the queue,
it could be used to attach to another device (there's no such kind of
requirement currently, and it needs new kind of LSM policy.
- TUNSETQUEUE could be used to attach to a persistent device without any
queues. This kind of attching bypass the necessary checking during TUNSETIFF
and may lead unexpected result.
So this patch tries to make a cleaner and simpler API by:
- Only allow TUNSETIFF to create queues.
- TUNSETQUEUE could be only used to disable and enabled the queues of a device,
and the state of the tuntap device were not detachd from the queues when it
was disabled, so TUNSETQUEUE could be only used after TUNSETIFF and with the
same device.
This is done by introducing a list which keeps track of all queues which were
disabled. The queue would be moved between this list and tfiles[] array when it
was enabled/disabled. A pointer of the tun_struct were also introdued to track
the device it belongs to when it was disabled.
After the change, the isolation between management and application could be done
through: TUNSETIFF were only called by management software and TUNSETQUEUE were
only called by application.For LSM/SELinux, the things left is to do proper
check during tun_set_queue() if needed.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch set includes two large new drivers: mpt3sas (for the next gen
fusion SAS hardware) and csiostor a FCoE offload driver for the Chelsio
converged network cards (this includes some net changes which I've OK'd with
DaveM).
The rest of the patch is driver updates (qla2xxx, lpfc, hptiop, be2iscsi) plus
a few assorted updates and bug fixes.
We also have a Power Management rework in the Upper Layer Drivers preparatory
to doing ACPI zero power optical devices, but the actual enabler is still
being worked on.
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJQyE9RAAoJEDeqqVYsXL0Mf2oIAL+B2R7hM4RhZrVI0dq1x+og
o/B4JOnDXC7gFJTJXRjejEuAqmJRN7O1mxFV9sEo/zRa++Sd9YVPwQlcCFdesw0a
xU8aCAcy9hLlTcDK2pwhKN6i/anyIvl1Qec/574y9UhFxUsQz+7G9IvT7UmBqaYt
zVTvd4zX4ZHRBIyMTNzkSLGUHcJzKeMOrTFekJwQNDQpHXPJknOCqNiokhLPv0ET
Cl1JZS/jlF7g4FcePhmYyL/nGHfXp1/WYKneDVT7PFWNJc2RPTBDP3PfdN4mBJfc
bQXl/vRLtAjYDpHUJ4IKJbdtfFLkm4KS9ET3kwTkpZ2K6U3c9NklmBK3or2Vo1I=
=Gw2O
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'scsi-misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi
Pull first round of SCSI updates from James Bottomley:
"This patch set includes two large new drivers: mpt3sas (for the next
gen fusion SAS hardware) and csiostor a FCoE offload driver for the
Chelsio converged network cards (this includes some net changes which
I've OK'd with DaveM).
The rest of the patch is driver updates (qla2xxx, lpfc, hptiop,
be2iscsi) plus a few assorted updates and bug fixes.
We also have a Power Management rework in the Upper Layer Drivers
preparatory to doing ACPI zero power optical devices, but the actual
enabler is still being worked on.
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>"
* tag 'scsi-misc' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi: (72 commits)
[SCSI] mpt3sas: add new driver supporting 12GB SAS
[SCSI] scsi_transport_sas: add 12GB definitions for mpt3sas
[SCSI] miscdevice: Adding support for MPT3SAS_MINOR(222)
[SCSI] csiostor: remove unneeded memset()
[SCSI] csiostor: Fix sparse warnings.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Display that driver is operating in legacy interrupt mode.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Dont clear drv active on iospace config failure.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Fix typo in qla2xxx driver.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Update ql2xextended_error_logging parameter description with new option.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Parameterize the link speed of hba rather than fcport.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Add 16Gb/s case to get port speed capability.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Move marking fcport online ahead of setting iiDMA speed.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Add acquiring of risc semaphore before doing ISP reset.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Ignore driver ack bit if corresponding presence bit is not set.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Fix typo in qla83xx_fw_dump function.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Add Gen3 PCIe speed 8GT/s to the log message.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Use correct Request-Q-Out register during bidirectional request processing
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Move noisy Start scsi failed messages to verbose logging level.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: Fix coccinelle warnings in qla2x00_relogin.
[SCSI] qla2xxx: No fcport FC-4 type assignment in GA_NXT response.
...
- A good chunk of Bart Van Assche's SRP fixes
- UAPI disintegration from David Howells
- mlx4 support for "64-byte CQE" hardware feature from Or Gerlitz
- Other miscellaneous fixes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=TQK2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband
Pull infiniband upate from Roland Dreier:
"First batch of InfiniBand/RDMA changes for the 3.8 merge window:
- A good chunk of Bart Van Assche's SRP fixes
- UAPI disintegration from David Howells
- mlx4 support for "64-byte CQE" hardware feature from Or Gerlitz
- Other miscellaneous fixes"
Fix up trivial conflict in mellanox/mlx4 driver.
* tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband: (33 commits)
RDMA/nes: Fix for crash when registering zero length MR for CQ
RDMA/nes: Fix for terminate timer crash
RDMA/nes: Fix for BUG_ON due to adding already-pending timer
IB/srp: Allow SRP disconnect through sysfs
srp_transport: Document sysfs attributes
srp_transport: Simplify attribute initialization code
srp_transport: Fix attribute registration
IB/srp: Document sysfs attributes
IB/srp: send disconnect request without waiting for CM timewait exit
IB/srp: destroy and recreate QP and CQs when reconnecting
IB/srp: Eliminate state SRP_TARGET_DEAD
IB/srp: Introduce the helper function srp_remove_target()
IB/srp: Suppress superfluous error messages
IB/srp: Process all error completions
IB/srp: Introduce srp_handle_qp_err()
IB/srp: Simplify SCSI error handling
IB/srp: Keep processing commands during host removal
IB/srp: Eliminate state SRP_TARGET_CONNECTING
IB/srp: Increase block layer timeout
RDMA/cm: Change return value from find_gid_port()
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A pile of fixes in response to yesterday's big merge. The SCTP HMAC
thing hasn't been addressed yet, I'll take care of that myself if Neil
and Vlad don't show signs of life by tomorrow.
1) Use after free of SKB in tuntap code. Fix by Eric Dumazet,
reported by Dave Jones.
2) NFC LLCP code emits annoying kernel log message, triggerable by
the user. From Dave Jones.
3) Fix several endianness bugs noticed by sparse in the bridging
code, from Stephen Hemminger.
4) Ipv6 NDISC code doesn't take padding into account properly, fix
from YOSHIFUJI Hideaki.
5) Add missing docs to ethtool_flow_ext struct, from Yan Burman."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
bridge: fix icmpv6 endian bug and other sparse warnings
net: ethool: Document struct ethtool_flow_ext
ndisc: Fix padding error in link-layer address option.
tuntap: dont use skb after netif_rx_ni(skb)
nfc: remove noisy message from llcp_sock_sendmsg
Host bridge hotplug:
- Untangle _PRT from struct pci_bus (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Request _OSC control before scanning root bus (Taku Izumi)
- Assign resources when adding host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
- Remove root bus when removing host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
- Remove _PRT during hot remove (Yinghai Lu)
SRIOV
- Add sysfs knobs to control numVFs (Don Dutile)
Power management
- Notify devices when power resource turned on (Huang Ying)
Bug fixes
- Work around broken _SEG on HP xw9300 (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Keep runtime PM enabled for unbound PCI devices (Huang Ying)
- Fix Optimus dual-GPU runtime D3 suspend issue (Dave Airlie)
- Fix xen frontend shutdown issue (David Vrabel)
- Work around PLX PCI 9050 BAR alignment erratum (Ian Abbott)
Miscellaneous
- Add GPL license for drivers/pci/ioapic (Andrew Cooks)
- Add standard PCI-X, PCIe ASPM register #defines (Bjorn Helgaas)
- NumaChip remote PCI support (Daniel Blueman)
- Fix PCIe Link Capabilities Supported Link Speed definition (Jingoo Han)
- Convert dev_printk() to dev_info(), etc (Joe Perches)
- Add support for non PCI BAR ROM data (Matthew Garrett)
- Add x86 support for host bridge translation offset (Mike Yoknis)
- Report success only when every driver supports AER (Vijay Pandarathil)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.10 (GNU/Linux)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=OE3Q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI update from Bjorn Helgaas:
"Host bridge hotplug:
- Untangle _PRT from struct pci_bus (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Request _OSC control before scanning root bus (Taku Izumi)
- Assign resources when adding host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
- Remove root bus when removing host bridge (Yinghai Lu)
- Remove _PRT during hot remove (Yinghai Lu)
SRIOV
- Add sysfs knobs to control numVFs (Don Dutile)
Power management
- Notify devices when power resource turned on (Huang Ying)
Bug fixes
- Work around broken _SEG on HP xw9300 (Bjorn Helgaas)
- Keep runtime PM enabled for unbound PCI devices (Huang Ying)
- Fix Optimus dual-GPU runtime D3 suspend issue (Dave Airlie)
- Fix xen frontend shutdown issue (David Vrabel)
- Work around PLX PCI 9050 BAR alignment erratum (Ian Abbott)
Miscellaneous
- Add GPL license for drivers/pci/ioapic (Andrew Cooks)
- Add standard PCI-X, PCIe ASPM register #defines (Bjorn Helgaas)
- NumaChip remote PCI support (Daniel Blueman)
- Fix PCIe Link Capabilities Supported Link Speed definition (Jingoo
Han)
- Convert dev_printk() to dev_info(), etc (Joe Perches)
- Add support for non PCI BAR ROM data (Matthew Garrett)
- Add x86 support for host bridge translation offset (Mike Yoknis)
- Report success only when every driver supports AER (Vijay
Pandarathil)"
Fix up trivial conflicts.
* tag 'for-3.8' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (48 commits)
PCI: Use phys_addr_t for physical ROM address
x86/PCI: Add NumaChip remote PCI support
ath9k: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
iwlwifi: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
iwlwifi: collapse wrapper for pcie_capability_read_word()
iwlegacy: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
iwlegacy: collapse wrapper for pcie_capability_read_word()
cxgb3: Use standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields
PCI: Add standard PCIe Capability Link ASPM field names
PCI/portdrv: Use PCI Express Capability accessors
PCI: Use standard PCIe Capability Link register field names
x86: Use PCI setup data
PCI: Add support for non-BAR ROMs
PCI: Add pcibios_add_device
EFI: Stash ROMs if they're not in the PCI BAR
PCI: Add and use standard PCI-X Capability register names
PCI/PM: Keep runtime PM enabled for unbound PCI devices
xen-pcifront: Handle backend CLOSED without CLOSING
PCI: SRIOV control and status via sysfs (documentation)
PCI/AER: Report success only when every device has AER-aware driver
...
Pull trivial branch from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual stuff -- comment/printk typo fixes, documentation updates, dead
code elimination."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
HOWTO: fix double words typo
x86 mtrr: fix comment typo in mtrr_bp_init
propagate name change to comments in kernel source
doc: Update the name of profiling based on sysfs
treewide: Fix typos in various drivers
treewide: Fix typos in various Kconfig
wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
messages: i2o: Fix typo in messages/i2o
scripts/kernel-doc: check that non-void fcts describe their return value
Kernel-doc: Convention: Use a "Return" section to describe return values
radeon: Fix typo and copy/paste error in comments
doc: Remove unnecessary declarations from Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
various: Fix spelling of "asynchronous" in comments.
Fix misspellings of "whether" in comments.
eisa: Fix spelling of "asynchronous".
various: Fix spelling of "registered" in comments.
doc: fix quite a few typos within Documentation
target: iscsi: fix comment typos in target/iscsi drivers
treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
...
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
1) Allow to dump, monitor, and change the bridge multicast database
using netlink. From Cong Wang.
2) RFC 5961 TCP blind data injection attack mitigation, from Eric
Dumazet.
3) Networking user namespace support from Eric W. Biederman.
4) tuntap/virtio-net multiqueue support by Jason Wang.
5) Support for checksum offload of encapsulated packets (basically,
tunneled traffic can still be checksummed by HW). From Joseph
Gasparakis.
6) Allow BPF filter access to VLAN tags, from Eric Dumazet and
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Bridge port parameters over netlink and BPDU blocking support
from Stephen Hemminger.
8) Improve data access patterns during inet socket demux by rearranging
socket layout, from Eric Dumazet.
9) TIPC protocol updates and cleanups from Ying Xue, Paul Gortmaker, and
Jon Maloy.
10) Update TCP socket hash sizing to be more in line with current day
realities. The existing heurstics were choosen a decade ago.
From Eric Dumazet.
11) Fix races, queue bloat, and excessive wakeups in ATM and
associated drivers, from Krzysztof Mazur and David Woodhouse.
12) Support DOVE (Distributed Overlay Virtual Ethernet) extensions
in VXLAN driver, from David Stevens.
13) Add "oops_only" mode to netconsole, from Amerigo Wang.
14) Support set and query of VEB/VEPA bridge mode via PF_BRIDGE, also
allow DCB netlink to work on namespaces other than the initial
namespace. From John Fastabend.
15) Support PTP in the Tigon3 driver, from Matt Carlson.
16) tun/vhost zero copy fixes and improvements, plus turn it on
by default, from Michael S. Tsirkin.
17) Support per-association statistics in SCTP, from Michele
Baldessari.
And many, many, driver updates, cleanups, and improvements. Too
numerous to mention individually.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1722 commits)
net/mlx4_en: Add support for destination MAC in steering rules
net/mlx4_en: Use generic etherdevice.h functions.
net: ethtool: Add destination MAC address to flow steering API
bridge: add support of adding and deleting mdb entries
bridge: notify mdb changes via netlink
ndisc: Unexport ndisc_{build,send}_skb().
uapi: add missing netconf.h to export list
pkt_sched: avoid requeues if possible
solos-pci: fix double-free of TX skb in DMA mode
bnx2: Fix accidental reversions.
bna: Driver Version Updated to 3.1.2.1
bna: Firmware update
bna: Add RX State
bna: Rx Page Based Allocation
bna: TX Intr Coalescing Fix
bna: Tx and Rx Optimizations
bna: Code Cleanup and Enhancements
ath9k: check pdata variable before dereferencing it
ath5k: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
ath9k_htc: RX timestamp is reported at end of frame
...
This is a collection of header file cleanups, mostly for OMAP and AT91,
that keeps moving the platforms in the direction of multiplatform by
removing the need for mach-dependent header files used in drivers and
other places.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=aggA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'headers' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM SoC Header cleanups from Olof Johansson:
"This is a collection of header file cleanups, mostly for OMAP and
AT91, that keeps moving the platforms in the direction of
multiplatform by removing the need for mach-dependent header files
used in drivers and other places."
Fix up mostly trivial conflicts as per Olof.
* tag 'headers' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc: (106 commits)
ARM: OMAP2+: Move iommu/iovmm headers to platform_data
ARM: OMAP2+: Make some definitions local
ARM: OMAP2+: Move iommu2 to drivers/iommu/omap-iommu2.c
ARM: OMAP2+: Move plat/iovmm.h to include/linux/omap-iommu.h
ARM: OMAP2+: Move iopgtable header to drivers/iommu/
ARM: OMAP: Merge iommu2.h into iommu.h
atmel: move ATMEL_MAX_UART to platform_data/atmel.h
ARM: OMAP: Remove omap_init_consistent_dma_size()
arm: at91: move at91rm9200 rtc header in drivers/rtc
arm: at91: move reset controller header to arm/arm/mach-at91
arm: at91: move pit define to the driver
arm: at91: move at91_shdwc.h to arch/arm/mach-at91
arm: at91: move board header to arch/arm/mach-at91
arn: at91: move at91_tc.h to arch/arm/mach-at91
arm: at91 move at91_aic.h to arch/arm/mach-at91
arm: at91 move board.h to arch/arm/mach-at91
arm: at91: move platfarm_data to include/linux/platform_data/atmel.h
arm: at91: drop machine defconfig
ARM: OMAP: Remove NEED_MACH_GPIO_H
ARM: OMAP: Remove unnecessary mach and plat includes
...
Implement destination MAC rule extension for L3/L4 rules in
flow steering. Usefull for vSwitch/macvlan configurations.
Signed-off-by: Yan Burman <yanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of full_mac, zero_mac in favour of
is_zero_ether_addr and is_broadcast_ether_addr.
Signed-off-by: Yan Burman <yanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 4ce45e0246
"bnx2: Add BNX2 prefix to CHIP ID and name macros"
accidentally reverted 2 commits to use pci_ioumap() and to make
pci_error_handlers const. This fixes those mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Details:
- Added Stats clear counter to the bfi_enet_stats_mac structure and
ethtool stats
- Modified the firmware naming convention to contain the firmware image
version (3.1.0.0). The new convention is
<firmware-image>-<firmware-version>.bin The change will enforce loading
only compatible firmware with this driver and also avoid over-writing
the old firmware image in-order to load new version driver as the
firmware names used to be the same.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Details:
- BNA state machine for Rx in start_wait state moves it to stop_wait on
receipt of RX_E_STOP. In Rx stop_wait state, on receipt of
RX_E_STARTED event does enet stop
RX_E_STOPPED event does rx_cleanup_cbfn
rx_cleanup_cbfn in this case is called without post_cbfn. post_cbfn
happens only after RX_E_STARTED event is received in start_wait. Without
doing post_cbfn, NAPI remains disabled and in cleanup we try to disable
again causing endless wait. ifconfig process and other workers can thus
get stuck.
- Introducing start_stop_wait state for Rx. This state handles the case of
if post_cbfn is not done simply do stop without the cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Details:
Enhanced support for GRO. Page-base allocation method for Rx buffers is
used in GRO. Skb allocation has been removed in Rx path to use always warm-cache
skbs provided by napi_get_frags.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change Details:
For Tx IB, IPM was enabled with inter_pkt_timeo of 0. This caused the
Tx IB not to generate interrupt till inter_pkt_count of packets have been
received. Correct definition for BFI_TX_INTERPKT_TIMEO & BFI_TX_INTERPKT_COUNT
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change details:
- Have contiguous queue pages for TxQ, RxQ and CQ. Data structure and
QPT changes related to contiguous queue pages
- Optimized Tx and Rx unmap structures. Tx and Rx fast path changes due to
unmap data structure changes
- Re-factored Tx and Rx fastpath routines as per the new queue data structures
- Implemented bnad_txq_wi_prepare() to program the opcode, flags, frame_len
and num_vectors in the work item
- Reduced Max TxQ and RxQ depth to 2048 while default value for Tx/Rx queue
depth is unaltered (512)
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change details:
- Remove unnecessary prefetch
- Simplify checking & comparison of CQ flags
- Dereference & store unmap_array, unmap_cons & current unmap_array
element only once
- Make structures tx_config & rx_config cache line aligned.
Signed-off-by: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here's the big tty/serial tree set of changes for 3.8-rc1.
Contained in here is a bunch more reworks of the tty port layer from Jiri and
bugfixes from Alan, along with a number of other tty and serial driver updates
by the various driver authors.
Also, Jiri has been coerced^Wconvinced to be the co-maintainer of the TTY
layer, which is much appreciated by me.
All of these have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlDHhgwACgkQMUfUDdst+ynI6wCcC+YeBwncnoWHvwLAJOwAZpUL
bysAn28o780/lOsTzp3P1Qcjvo69nldo
=hN/g
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'tty-3.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty
Pull TTY/Serial merge from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"Here's the big tty/serial tree set of changes for 3.8-rc1.
Contained in here is a bunch more reworks of the tty port layer from
Jiri and bugfixes from Alan, along with a number of other tty and
serial driver updates by the various driver authors.
Also, Jiri has been coerced^Wconvinced to be the co-maintainer of the
TTY layer, which is much appreciated by me.
All of these have been in the linux-next tree for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>"
Fixed up some trivial conflicts in the staging tree, due to the fwserial
driver having come in both ways (but fixed up a bit in the serial tree),
and the ioctl handling in the dgrp driver having been done slightly
differently (staging tree got that one right, and removed both
TIOCGSOFTCAR and TIOCSSOFTCAR).
* tag 'tty-3.8-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty: (146 commits)
staging: sb105x: fix potential NULL pointer dereference in mp_chars_in_buffer()
staging/fwserial: Remove superfluous free
staging/fwserial: Use WARN_ONCE when port table is corrupted
staging/fwserial: Destruct embedded tty_port on teardown
staging/fwserial: Fix build breakage when !CONFIG_BUG
staging: fwserial: Add TTY-over-Firewire serial driver
drivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c: clean up HIGH_BITS_OFFSET usage
staging: dgrp: dgrp_tty.c: Audit the return values of get/put_user()
staging: dgrp: dgrp_tty.c: Remove the TIOCSSOFTCAR ioctl handler from dgrp driver
serial: ifx6x60: Add modem power off function in the platform reboot process
serial: mxs-auart: unmap the scatter list before we copy the data
serial: mxs-auart: disable the Receive Timeout Interrupt when DMA is enabled
serial: max310x: Setup missing "can_sleep" field for GPIO
tty/serial: fix ifx6x60.c declaration warning
serial: samsung: add devicetree properties for non-Exynos SoCs
serial: samsung: fix potential soft lockup during uart write
tty: vt: Remove redundant null check before kfree.
tty/8250 Add check for pci_ioremap_bar failure
tty/8250 Add support for Commtech's Fastcom Async-335 and Fastcom Async-PCIe cards
tty/8250 Add XR17D15x devices to the exar_handle_irq override
...
Due to my recent commit (ath9k: allow to load EEPROM
content via firmware API) smatch complains about that
the 'pdata' variable in 'ath9k_hw_init' can be NULL
and it is dereferenced before checking that. That is
absolutely correct.
Check the 'pdata' variable before using it to avoid
a NULL pointer dereference.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is true for at least AR5213, and shouldn't be different for other
ath5k PHYs. Tested on AR2413 and AR5414.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Accurate RX timestamp reporting is important for proper IBSS merging,
mesh synchronization, and MCCA scheduling. Namely, knowing where the TSF
is recorded is needed to sync with the beacon timestamp field.
Tested with AR9271.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Accurate RX timestamp reporting is important for proper IBSS merging,
mesh synchronization, and MCCA scheduling. Namely, knowing where the TSF
is recorded is needed to sync with the beacon timestamp field.
Tested with AR9280.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Someone who physically disassembled the device confirms that its
chipset is Ralink RT5370n.
(Fixed-up after having already merged original patch. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Maia Kozheva <sikon@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Xose Vazquez Perez <xose.vazquez@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The {read,write}s{b,w,l} operations are not defined by all
architectures and are being removed from the asm-generic/io.h
interface.
This patch replaces the usage of these string functions in the smc911x
accessors with io{read,write}{8,16,32}_rep calls instead.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Ben Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Leach <matthew@mattleach.net>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a pure software device, and ok with live address change.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using netdev_alloc_frag() instead of kmalloc() permits better GRO or
TCP coalescing behavior, as skb_gro_receive() doesn't have to fallback
to frag_list overhead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Cc: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the mmc drivers initiate DMA transfers with buffers passed from
higher layers. This means that the driver shouldn't ever pass non
DMA-able buffers, such as ones that are unaligned, allocated on the
stack or static.
Fix a couple of calls to the mmc layer in which buffers which weren't
necessarily DMA-able were passed.
[Use sizeof(*wl->buffer_32) instead of sizeof(u32) -- Luca]
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
We have no idea how many VIFs there are requiring a special spare, we
know just about the number of keys set. Rename the counter appropriately
and toggle it whenever a special key is added/removed.
Previously this was only changed once, since it was toggled whenever
the actual spare was changed.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
FW API changed and now PERIODIC_SCAN_REPORT_EVENT is sent
in case results were found at the end of each sched scan
cycle. Previous FW was missing that and broke sched scan.
This API change is available from 18xx FW 8.5.0.0.27
[Arik - move changes to 18xx specific files, align FW structures to
latest for scan command]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Don't use MIMO rates when HT mode is forced to SISO, even if we have
multiple antennas.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Remove the STA specific ba_rx_bitmap field and use the common links
structure. This simplifies code setting/checking the BA bitmap.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Protect all functions touching queue_stop_reasons by spin-lock, since
they are accessed by op_tx. Now there's no need to take the mutex
before caling wlcore_queue_xxx functions.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Start using the new hw_queue mechanism in mac80211 and give each AC in
each vif its own hw_queue number. This allows us to stop an AC in a vif
independently from other vifs.
Change the Tx watermark handling functions to count packets per AC in
vif. From now on fast links should not be able to hurt the throughput
of slow links on the same AC but on different vifs.
Change internal queue mgmt functions to operate per vif, to support the
new Tx watermark granularity. Make the global versions of the queue
stop/start functions to use the global mac80211 API for queue mgmt. This
helps in situations where the driver currently doesn't know all the vifs
that reside in mac80211. Recovery is a good example for such a case.
[Moved hw_base_queue addition into the wlcore_tx_get_mac80211_queue()
function; changed WARN_ONs to WARN_ON_ONCEs; simplified for loops;
fixed new checkpatch warnings. -- Luca]
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Only allow a PSM STA to congest FW memory when it is the single active
link. Being a single STA doesn't imply a single link - there might be
other links on other roles.
[Changed WARN_ON to WARN_ON_ONCE -- Luca]
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Treat a single connected STA in PSM as a slow link and regulate Tx speed
according to slow link priority/stop thresholds.
This allows us to avoid flooding the FW, while delivering decent
throughput to a peer in forced-PSM.
[Small simplification of the if statements -- Luca]
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Update the 18xx FW status private part to include Tx related link
priorities. Introduce new HW ops to determine link priority per chip
family.
For 18xx the changes are:
- Suspended links are at most low priority and Tx for them is stopped
beyond the suspend threshold.
- Active links now get their thresholds directly from FW
- There's a new "stop" threshold for active links, at which point a link
stops receiving new packets.
Update the min 18xx FW version required to make sure suspended links
bitmap is advertised by the FW.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
wl->num_rx_desc was mistakenly initialized with WL18XX_NUM_TX_DESCRIPTORS
but it should use WL18XX_NUM_RX_DESCRIPTORS instead.
This bug was passed unnoticed because currently both RX and TX descriptors
are initialized to the same value (32).
Signed-off-by: Yair Shapira <yair.shapira@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Even passive scans on DFS channels require us to send probe requests, so
configure the probe-req in this case.
Also use this opportunity to prevent the code from crashing in case no
SSIDs are sent from above. This will likely happen in the DFS case
introduced. Even a passive scan might need the probe request configured
because of DFS channels.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Treat Rx error code as a bitmask. This allows sending MIC failures
when other error bit are on.
Align Rx descriptor status mask to the FW definition.
Ease debugging in case FW reports failure to decrypt on packets.
Discard corrupted packets early in Rx path to avoid reporting other
abnormalities with corrupted packets that also have other failure bytes on.
Namely - we don't want to get a MIC failure on a corrupted packet.
This is mandated by the WiFi specification - see
section 11.4.2.4.1 in 802.11-2012.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
There's a limit on scan dwell times of max 30ms in order
to avoid degrading voip traffic which could be going on
while scanning. However these dwell times increase the
chance of missing out on nearby APs leading to partial
scan results. Allow configuration of longer dwell times
in case there no active interface (i.e. no STA associated
or AP up).
[Arik - count started vifs using an in-driver function]
[Fixed some new checkpatch warnings regarding comments in the
networking subsystem. -- Luca]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Require each incoming packet to have a valid vif. The injected Tx code
path was buggy (and unused), so disallow it altogether.
Cleanup a few places and add a warning so we can better discover
anomalies (corrupted skbs?) masquerading as injected Tx.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
ACX_PEER_CAP command is just ACX_PEER_HT_CAP, but allows
configuring the peer's support rates as well.
this is needed because we start the station role when
the remote rates are not known yet.
the two commands should be unified in future fw versions,
but for now add a new set_peer_cap per-hw op, that will
use ACX_PEER_CAP for 18xx, and ACX_PEER_HT_CAP for 12xx.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
This can lead to a panic if the driver isn't ready to
handle them. Since our interrupt line is shared, we can get
an interrupt at any time (and CONFIG_DEBUG_SHIRQ checks
that even when the interrupt is being freed).
If the op_mode has gone away, we musn't call it. To avoid
this the transport disables the interrupts when the hw is
stopped and the op_mode is leaving.
If there is an event that would cause an interrupt the INTA
register is updated regardless of the enablement of the
interrupts: even if the interrupts are disabled, the INTA
will be changed, but the device won't issue an interrupt.
But the ISR can be called at any time, so we ought ignore
the value in the INTA otherwise we can call the op_mode
after it was freed.
I found this bug when the op_mode_start failed, and called
iwl_trans_stop_hw(trans, true). Then I played with the
RFKILL button, and removed the module.
While removing the module, the IRQ is freed, and the ISR is
called (CONFIG_DEBUG_SHIRQ enabled). Panic.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We know that we have issues with the fw in the reclaim path.
This is why iwl_reclaim doesn't complain too loud when it
happens since it is recoverable. Somehow, the caller of
iwl_reclaim however WARNed when it happens. This doesn't
make any sense.
When I digged into the history of that code, I discovered
that this bug occurs only when we receive a BA notification.
So move the W/A in the BA notification handling code where
it was before.
This patch addresses:
http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2387
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The WARN_ON_ONCE() check for scan_request will not correctly detect
a NULL pointer for scan_type == IWL_SCAN_NORMAL. Make it explicit
that the check only applies to normal scans.
Convert WARN_ON_ONCE to WARN_ON since priv->scan_request really _can't_
be NULL for normal scans. If it is then we should emit frequent warnings.
This smatch warning led to scrutiny of iwlagn_request_scan():
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/scan.c:894 iwlagn_request_scan() error: we previously assumed 'priv->scan_request' could be null (see line 792)
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_free_txskb() needs to be used instead of dev_kfree_skb_any for
tx packets passed to the driver from mac80211
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_free_txskb() needs to be used instead of dev_kfree_skb_any for
tx packets passed to the driver from mac80211
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The calibration data for devices w/o a separate
EEPROM chip can be specified via the 'eeprom_data'
field of 'ath9k_platform_data'. The 'eeprom_data'
is usually filled from board specific setup
functions. It is easy if the EEPROM data is mapped
to the memory, but it can be complicated if it is
stored elsewhere.
The patch adds support for loading of the EEPROM
data via the firmware API to avoid this limitation.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read' function takes a
'struct ath_common *' as its first argument.
Almost each of its caller has a 'struct ath_hw *'
parameter in their argument list, and that is
dereferenced in order to get the 'struct ath_common'
pointer.
Change the first argument of 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'
to be a 'struct ath_hw *', and remove the dereference
calls from the callers.
Also change the type of the first argument of the
ar9300_eeprom_read_{byte,word} functions.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Show the EEPROM offset of the failed read operation
in 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'. The debug message is more
informative this way.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The fill_eeprom functions are printing the same
debug message in case the 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'
function fails. Remove the duplicated code from
fill_eeprom functions and add the ath_dbg call
directly into 'ath9k_hw_nvram_read'.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While AR_PHY_CCA_NOM_VAL_* does contain the expected internal noise floor
for a chip measured in clean air, it refers to the lowest expected reading.
Depending on the frequency, this measurement can vary by about 6db, thus
causing a higher reported channel noise and signal strength.
Factor in the 6db offset when converting internal noisefloor to channel noise.
This patch makes the reported values more accurate for all chips without
affecting NF calibration behavior.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Assign the training power for PAPRD based on the chip.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a HW capability to indicate whether PAPRD is enabled
for the card, since PAPRD could be enabled in the EEPROM, but
disabled in the driver. This makes things clearer.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Retraining of PAPRD based on agc2_pwr is required for
chips other than AR9485.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Remove unneeded memset.
All the values in the PAPRD gain table are filled, so there
is no need to zero out the arrays.
* Use GFP_KERNEL in ar9003_paprd_create_curve
This is called from the PAPRD work, so the atomic variant
is not needed.
* Change return type of ar9003_paprd_setup_gain_table
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the PowerSave wrappers outside ath_paprd_activate(),
since they are already being used in ath_paprd_calibrate().
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The PAPRD training control registers have to be
programmed with values that depend on the chip. This patch
ensures that the correct values are chosen for the chip
in use.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Various PAPRD registers are at addresses that are different
from those for the rest of the chips in the AR9003 family.
Fix them.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
D-Link DWA-125/B1 is a relatively new USB Wi-Fi adapter, using a
Ralink chipset supported by the rt2800usb driver. Currently, to work
around the problem (it's missing in all present kernel versions,
up to and including 3.7.x), I had to add this to /etc/rc.local:
echo 2001 3c1e >> /sys/bus/usb/drivers/rt2800usb/new_id
After that, the device works without problems. Been using it for over
a week with no bugs in sight.
The attached patch is trivial and simply adds the new USB ID to the
list of devices handled by rt2800usb.
Signed-off-by: Maia Kozheva <sikon@ubuntu.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a regression which was introduced by:
"carl9170: split up carl9170_handle_mpdu"
Previously, the ieee80211_rx_status was kept on the
stack of carl9170_handle_mpdu. Now it's passed into
the function as a pointer parameter. Hence, the old
memcpy call needs to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This device can be found on some embedded devices connected to a
Broadcom SoC like the BCM4718.
I tested this with my Netgear WNDR3400 v1.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As described in the documentation of bcma_wflush16 in drivers/net
/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/types.h some PCIe controllers of Broadcom
SoCs are broken. The PCIe controller on these SoCs are mostly used to
connect some additional wifi device to the SoC and some of these wifi
devices are supported by brcmsmac.
For my BCM43224 connected to the broken PCIe controller of the BCM4718 I
need an extra read after write in brcms_b_write_objmem() to prevent a
Data bus error. This fixes the problem reading tsf_random later.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit "ath9k: Fix the 'xmit' debugfs file" changed the
the array size of ath_stats.txstats to IEEE80211_NUM_ACS,
which is wrong because the HW queue number is used to
update the statistics. Revert back to using ATH9K_NUM_TX_QUEUES.
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recent versions of udev cause synchronous firmware loading from the
probe routine to fail because the request to user space times out.
The original fix for b43legacy (commit a3ea2c7) moved the firmware
load from the probe routine to a work queue, but it still used synchronous
firmware loading. This method is OK when b43legacy is built as a module;
however, it fails when the driver is compiled into the kernel.
This version changes the code to load the initial firmware file
using request_firmware_nowait(). A completion event is used to
hold the work queue until that file is available. The remaining
firmware files are read synchronously.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> (V3.4+)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds support for bcma wifi core revision 17 which is found on
BCM4716/4717/4718 SoCs. The firmware version 610.812 for brcmsmac found
in linux-firmware does not support these cores, but a firmware
generated with b43-fwcutter from the proprietary broadcom wireless
driver works with these chips. This wifi core contains a revision 5
N-PHY and a revision 7 radio of type 0x2056.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit f74b9d365d.
Turns out reverting commit a240dc7b3c
"ath9k_hw: Updated AR9003 tx gain table for 5GHz" was not enough to
bring the tx power back to normal levels on devices like the
Buffalo WZR-HP-G450H, this one needs to be reverted as well.
This revert improves tx power by ~10 db on that device
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of WL_CONN(...) macro in favor of brcmf_dbg(CONN,...)
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of WL_SCAN(...) macro in favor of brcmf_dbg(SCAN,...)
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of WL_TRACE(...) macro in favor of brcmf_dbg(TRACE,...)
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of WL_INFO() in favor of brcmf_dbg(INFO,...).
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The source file wl_cfg80211.c has its own debug macros and levels.
This patch maps the macros to the ones used in the rest of the
brcmfmac driver.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The {read,write}s{b,w,l} operations are not defined by all
architectures and are being removed from the asm-generic/io.h
interface.
This patch replaces the usage of these string functions in the 8390
accessors with io{read,write}{8,16,32}_rep calls instead.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Ben Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Leach <matthew@mattleach.net>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The {read,write}s{b,w,l} operations are not defined by all
architectures and are being removed from the asm-generic/io.h
interface.
This patch replaces the usage of these string functions in the default
DM9000 accessors with io{read,write}{8,16,32}_rep calls instead. This
is required as the dm9000 driver is in use by the blackfin
architecture which uses the asm-generic io accessors.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Ben Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Matthew Leach <matthew@mattleach.net>
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The {read,write}s{b,w,l} operations are not defined by all architectures
and are being removed from the asm-generic/io.h interface.
This patch replaces the usage of these string functions in the default
SMC accessors with io{read,write}{8,16,32}_rep calls instead, which are
defined for all architectures.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Ben Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Will Deacon <will.deacon@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call to brcmf_dbg(ERROR, ...) only resulted in a log message
when compiled with -DDEBUG. Error messages are valuable for resolving
issues so this patch replaces it with brcmf_err(...) so they always
end up in the log.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, adding a new event requires modification in two source
files. Use macro definition to have one place and have better
maintainability.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using gcc v4.7.2 gave following warning:
CC [M] drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.o
brcmsmac/aiutils.c: In function 'ai_deviceremoved':
brcmsmac/aiutils.c:733:9: error: 'w' may be used uninitialized
in this function [-Werror=uninitialized]
Inspection of the pci_read_config_dword() function showed it can
return without modifying the output variable 'w' so this patch
initializes it to 0.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rework the bus interface between common driver part and bus-specific
driver part. It prepares for adding tracing in bus-specific callback
functions.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a missing endian conversion which results in the
interface failing to come up on BE platforms.
It also removes an unnecessary pointer dereference from this
function.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the ethtool register dump for smsc95xx to dump
all 4 bytes of the final register (COE_CR) instead of just the
first byte.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes when we decide what the device's MAC address
is from per ifconfig up to once when the device is connected.
Without this patch, a manually forced device MAC is overwritten
on ifconfig down/up. Also devices that have no EEPROM are
assigned a new random address on ifconfig down/up instead of
persisting the same one.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Reported-by: Robert Cunningham <rcunningham@nsmsurveillance.com>
Cc: Bjorn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Obviously it should check !vi->rq.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the ethtool_{set|get}_channels method of virtio-net to
allow user to change the number of queues when the device is running on demand.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the multiqueue (VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ) support to virtio_net
driver. VIRTIO_NET_F_MQ capable device could allow the driver to do packet
transmission and reception through multiple queue pairs and does the packet
steering to get better performance. By default, one one queue pair is used, user
could change the number of queue pairs by ethtool in the next patch.
When multiple queue pairs is used and the number of queue pairs is equal to the
number of vcpus. Driver does the following optimizations to implement per-cpu
virt queue pairs:
- select the txq based on the smp processor id.
- smp affinity hint to the cpu that owns the queue pairs.
This could be used with the flow steering support of the device to guarantee the
packets of a single flow is handled by the same cpu.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support multiqueue transmitq/receiveq, the first step is to separate queue
related structure from virtnet_info. This patch introduce send_queue and
receive_queue structure and use the pointer to them as the parameter in
functions handling sending/receiving.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds capability in vxlan to identify received
checksummed inner packets and signal them to the upper layers of
the stack. The driver needs to set the skb->encapsulation bit
and also set the skb->ip_summed to CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow VXLAN to make use of Tx checksum offloading and Tx scatter-gather.
The advantage to these two changes is that it also allows the VXLAN to
make use of GSO.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Gasparakis <joseph.gasparakis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GigaMAC registers have been reported left unitialized in several
situations:
- after cold boot from power-off state
- after S3 resume
Tweaking rtl_hw_phy_config takes care of both.
This patch removes an excess entry (",") at the end of the exgmac_reg
array as well.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang YanQing <udknight@gmail.com>
Cc: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 2c60db0370 ('net: provide a default dev->ethtool_ops')
all devices have a non-null ethtool_ops. Test only
dev->ethtool_ops->get_link in both places where we care.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct a mistake made in the previous commit due to reckless
copy-and-pasting.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Trantham <patrick.trantham@fuel7.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __dev* removal patches for the network drivers ended up messing up
the function prototypes for a bunch of drivers. This patch fixes all of
them back up to be properly aligned.
Bonus is that this almost removes 100 lines of code, always a nice
surprise.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the standard #defines for PCIe Capability ASPM fields.
Previously we used PCIE_LINK_STATE_L0S and PCIE_LINK_STATE_L1 directly, but
these are defined for the Linux ASPM interfaces, e.g.,
pci_disable_link_state(), and only coincidentally match the actual register
bits. PCIE_LINK_STATE_CLKPM, also part of that interface, does not match
the register bit.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This pull request is intended for 3.8...
This includes a Bluetooth pull. Gustavo says:
"A few more patches to 3.8, I hope they can still make it to mainline!
The most important ones are the socket option for the SCO protocol to allow
accept/refuse new connections from userspace. Other than that I added some
fixes and Andrei did more AMP work."
Also, a mac80211 pull. Johannes says:
"If you think there's any chance this might make it still, please pull my
mac80211-next tree (per below). This contains a relatively large number
of fixes to the previous code, as well as a few small features:
* VHT association in mac80211
* some new debugfs files
* P2P GO powersave configuration
* masked MAC address verification
The biggest patch is probably the BSS struct changes to use RCU for
their IE buffers to fix potential races. I've not tagged this for stable
because it's pretty invasive and nobody has ever seen any bugs in this
area as far as I know."
Several other drivers get some attention, including ath9k, brcmfmac,
brcmsmac, and a number of others. Also, Hauke gives us a series that
improves watchdog support for the bcma and ssb busses. Finally, Bill
Pemberton delivers a group of "remove __dev* attributes" for wireless
drivers -- these generate some "section mismatch" warnings, but Greg
K-H assures me that they will disappear by the time -rc1 is released.
This also includes a pull of the wireless tree to avoid merge
conflicts.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On error, the error code from tun_flow_init() is lost inside
tun_set_iff(), this patch fixes this by assigning the tun_flow_init()
error code to the "err" variable which is returned by
the tun_flow_init() function on error.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <pmoore@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the standard #defines rather than creating local definitions for
PCIe Capability ASPM fields.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
iwl_pciexp_link_ctrl() has only one call site and no longer provides any
useful abstraction, so collapse it into the caller.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the standard #defines rather than creating local definitions for
PCIe Capability ASPM fields.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
il_pcie_link_ctl() has only one call site and no longer provides any useful
abstraction, so collapse it into the caller.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Use the standard #defines rather than bare numbers for PCIe Capability
ASPM fields.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The get_clock() of the chelsio driver clashes with the s390 one.
The chelsio helper reads a timespec via ktime just to convert it
back to ktime. I can see no different outcome from calling
ktime_get directly.
Remove the get_clock and use ktime_get directly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Glauber <jang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is possible that the driver is configured to operate with a certain
link configuration which differs from the link's configuration during
boot from SAN - this would cause the driver to flap the link.
Said flap may be missed by specific switches, causing dcbx convergence
to be too long and boot sequence to fail. Convergence is longer because
switch ignores new dcbx packets due to counters mismatch, as only host
side reset the counters due to the link flap.
This patch causes the driver to ignore user's initial configuration during
boot from SAN, and continues with the existing link configuration.
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A SMSC PHY in power down mode can't be used.
If a SMSC PHY is in this mode in the config_init
stage, the mode "all capable" is set. So the PHY
could then be used.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <tremyfr@yahoo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using symbol_get(), cnic can now directly call the cnic_probe
functions in struct bnx2x and struct bnx2. symbol_get() is not reliable
as it fails when the module is still initializing.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
by removing duplicate symbols and removing some redundant code.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
with BNX2_ prefix for namespace consistency. Currently, these macro names
conflict with similar macros in bnx2x.h, preventing the cnic driver from
including both bnx2.h and bnx2x.h. Including bnx2x.h in cnic.c will remove
many redundant definitions and simplify the interface.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using a few temporary variables, smatch can track
what's happening and stops complaining that we access
beyond the tid_data array.
This also makes the generated code a bit smaller, so
it's a win all around.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Given a small change to igb_init_interrupt_scheme() the function fits
igb_request_irq() for MSI/legacy interrupts initialization as well, instead of
duplicating most of its code there.
Also adding a missing igb_configure() to igb_request_irq() for MSI fallback
to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Assmann <sassmann@kpanic.de>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The X540's internal thermal sensor should not be enabled for all devices, but
only those devices which enable it in the NVM image. It is expected that
actively cooled devices will have it enabled, but passively cooled devices might
not want it enabled. This is due to passively cooled devices operating very near
the thermal threshold, sometimes within the margin of error of the thermal
sensor. Thus these devices may not be good candidates for using the thermal
sensor.
This patch uses the enabled bit in the FWSM register to check whether we should
be enabling the thermal sensor, and only sets the THERMAL_SENSOR_CAPABLE flag
for those devices which have it enabled.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the normal kernel test instead of a module specific one.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the device is taken down in stop_hw, call reset_ict
from there too.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
New transports may handle it internally for better performance.
Also move the tracing inside PRPH access which will make the
output more readable:
iwlwifi_dev_ioread_prph32: Read 0x0 from SCD_AGGR_SEL (32-bit)
instead of the corresponding accesses to HBUS_TARG_PRPH_*.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we will have several forms of NVM (EEPROM, OTP, etc.)
and they will have different layouts, make the parsed data
more generic. This allows functional code to be independent
of a specific layout.
Also change some variables and function names from having
"eeprom" to "nvm" in their name.
Signed-off-by: Eytan Lifshitz <eytan.lifshitz@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Herton Ronaldo Krzesinski <herton@canonical.com>
Cc: Hin-Tak Leung <htl10@users.sourceforge.net>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: users@rt2x00.serialmonkey.com (moderated for non-subscribers)
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Cc: Intel Linux Wireless <ilw@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Brett Rudley <brudley@broadcom.com>
Cc: Roland Vossen <rvossen@broadcom.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Cc: Kan Yan <kanyan@broadcom.com>
Cc: brcm80211-dev-list@broadcom.com
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Stefano Brivio <stefano.brivio@polimi.it>
Cc: b43-dev@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: ath5k-devel@lists.ath5k.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We have assinged error code to 'ret' when get auth from some
option is not supported but never used it, but we'd better return
the error code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Otherwise rt2500* triggers a warning in cfg80211, from net/wireless/core.c:
/* Combinations with just one interface aren't real */
if (WARN_ON(c->max_interfaces < 2))
This was introduced in commit 55d2e9da74:
rt2x00: Replace open coded interface checking with interface combinations.
Reported-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7+]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Dan Carpenter reported that smatch detected a potential
problem with the code [1]:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/tx.c:1488 carl9170_op_tx()
error: we previously assumed 'sta' could be null (see line 1482)
drivers/net/wireless/ath/carl9170/tx.c
1482 if (sta) {
^^^^^ New check.
[...]
1485 }
1487 if (info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU) {
1488 run = carl9170_tx_ampdu_queue(ar, sta, skb);
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
Old dereference of "sta" inside the call to carl9170_tx_ampdu_queue().
A range of solutions have been discussed in [2] and
we agreed on the following: "
> we might as well add a comment to carl9170_tx_ampdu_queue
> and explain the situation [in a way that's obvious to a
> human reader]. This way we can save the "if"... which is
> a small win since carl9170_op_tx is sort of a hot-path.
Putting a comment there is fine. Without the comment
it's easy for a human reader to get confused why the
check is there. So long as humans can read the code,
that's all that matters."
[1] <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg94526.html>
[2] <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-kernel-janitors/msg14953.html>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
freed pointer.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=tpAI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-fixes-3.7-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-3.0
This is an NFC LLCP fix for 3.7 and contains only one patch.
It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
freed pointer.
This is really a 3-bit field, not a single bit,
so declare a mask and shift. Also fix hwsim, it
advertises the maximum possible.
While at it reindent all the defines using tabs
instead of spaces.
Change-Id: I7cd81c0d72f76deb5010aba5bfa3dd312006e898
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the initiator and target try to close the connection at about the same
time, there is a race condition in the termination sequence for bnx2x.
Fix the problem by waiting for the remote termination to complete before
deleting the Connection ID. This will prevent the firmware assert.
Update version to 2.5.15.
Signed-off-by: Eddie Wai <eddie.wai@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without the reset, reloading the cnic driver can cause the iSCSI
Event Queue to be out of sync with the driver and cause intermittent
crash.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added functions for ack_interrupt and config_intr. Tested on an mpc5200b
powerpc board.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gatzka <stephan.gatzka@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- convert remaining htonl/ntohl +__raw_read/__raw_writel to
swab32 + readl/writel
- add missing __iomem qualifier in myri10ge_open()
- fix dubious: x & !y warning by switching from logical to bitwise not
The swab32 conversion fixes a bug in myri10ge_led() where
big-endian machines would write the wrong pattern.
The only remaining warning (lock context imbalance) is due to
the use of __netif_tx_trylock(), and cannot easily be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 3com driver for 3c59x requires ioport_map. Since not all
architectures support IO port mapping make 3c59x dependent on HAS_IOPORT.
Signed-off-by: Jan Glauber <jang@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This revert:
commit be03d4a45c
Author: Andreas Hartmann <andihartmann@01019freenet.de>
Date: Tue Apr 17 00:25:28 2012 +0200
rt2x00: Don't let mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails
To fix problem workaround by above commit use
IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL flag (see change log for
"mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL" patch).
Resolve: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828
Bisected-by: Francisco Pina Martins <f.pinamartins@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Obtain the last Tx rate from the FW status and translate it to
the mac80211 rate+flag format before sending it up via the Tx status.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Prioritize EDCA by choosing the AC before anything else. Use the
fast/slow link bitmap in FW to improve the scheduling algorithm for
the multi-link scenario.
Set packet thresholds to determine if a given link is high or low
priority according to its speed. A slow link will be given high priority
if the amount of packets queued for it in the FW is lower than the
slow-threshold. Similarly, a fast link will be given high priority if
the number of its packets queued in FW is smaller than the high-threshold.
The improved algorithm:
1. Choose optimal AC according to FW utilization
2. Traversing the VIFs in a round-robin fashion, try to choose a high
priority link. Links are traversed in a round-robin fashion inside a
VIF.
3. If no high priority links are found, choose the first non-empty
(low priority) link found in the round robin.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Move FW-allocation tracking code to the fw_status function and track
allocations made by all links. These will be incorporated in the
improved Tx scheduling algorithm.
Manually zero the system link counters on op_stop, as this link is not
allocated the normal way.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
This accounting will help find a vif that has data in a specific AC.
Otherwise we have to traverse all the links, which can be lengthy for
the AP case.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
This allows us to pass only the link as a parameter to various functions
and deduce the wlvif. Note that this member will be NULL for global
links.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
When a link is allocated, sometimes the "freed packets" counter in FW
is non zero, but we always assumed it is. This caused us to incorrectly
account FW allocated blocks in some cases.
When operating in AP mode, this bug caused some stations to never
come back from PSM.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
wlcore allocates two static structs wl1271_band_2ghz & wl1271_band_5ghz
which are used/modified by Reg-Domain e.g. some channel might be marked
as passive at some point. Make sure we don't keep stale settings around
if the HW is unregistered/registered during operation.
[Arik - use Tx-power constant and tweak commit message]
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Make sure free_link is always called when removing an interface. This
ensures all skbs belonging to this interface are returned to mac80211.
Otherwise these dangling skbs might crash the system on the next
call to wl1271_tx_reset_link_queues(). This happens on recovery/stop or
an unsuccessful Tx flush.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Otherwise we risk contention for private members of our global structure
while op_stop_locked is running.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Sometimes the driver can perform a recovery while Tx is
active, this will trigger unnecessary warning which might
delay the recovery for more than 100 mS.
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Use for_each_pci_dev to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add qlcnic prefix to qlcnic driver module parameters.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor 82xx driver to support new adapter
Update routines to support variable number of NIC partitions
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor 82xx driver to support new adapter
Update PCI and hardware access routines
Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move HW specific data to a seperate structure as part of
refactoring 82xx adapter driver.
Signed-off-by: Anirban Chakraborty <anirban.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 82xx adapter ID check before 82xx specific operations as part of
refactoring the driver to enable support for new adapter.
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the hardware timestamping as described in
Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt
Update version to 3.128.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the SIOCSHWTSTAMP ioctl as described in
Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt
[Removed HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ALL handling by returning -ERANGE based on input
from Richard Cochran.]
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ptp_caps structure, ptp api implementation,
reference clock read and register/unregister functions. All the basic
clock operations as described in Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt are
supported.
Frequency adjustment is performed using hardware with a 24 bit
accumulator and a programmable correction value. On each clk, the
correction value gets added to the accumulator and when it overflows,
the time counter is incremented/decremented and the accumulator reset.
So conversion from ppb to correction value is
ppb * (1 << 24) / 1000000000
[Re-organized to put the ptp_clock_info struct declaration in one patch,
added ptp_clock_info.name, and added locking to tg3_ptp_adjtime() based
on input from Richard Cochran.]
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds code to write the reference clock. If a chip reset is
performed, the hwclock is reinitialized with the adjusted kernel time
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Every caller holds tp->lock when calling tg3_netif_start() except
tg3_io_resume(). Fix it so that it is all consistent. The subsequent
PTP patches add tg3_ptp_resume() to tg3_netif_start() and the tp->lock
is required.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 18xx fw supports greenfield so add the
IEEE80211_HT_CAP_GRN_FLD flag to the supported
ht capabilities flags.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Reis <idor@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
When removing an interface currently performing a ROC operation, clear
the current ROC state. This is useful especially during recovery and
keeps mac80211 in sync to our state.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
all the current firmwares support elp, so
we can safely remove WLCORE_QUIRK_NO_ELP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Under some circumstances, that fw might be asked to
remove a rx ba sessions it doesn't know about. In
this case, instead of triggering a recovery, accept
the error code (CMD_STATUS_NO_RX_BA_SESSION) and
ignore it.
[Arik - indicate failure up when the BA session cannot be setup]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Currently, each fw command/acx that return a status code
different than CMD_STATUS_SUCCESS will trigger a recovery
in the driver.
However, it is a valid for some fw commands to fail (e.g.
due to temporary lack of resources), so add new functions
that allow passing bitmap of valid error return values.
(make the current wl1271_cmd_send/wl1271_cmd_configure
wrappers around the new functions, in order to avoid
changing the whole driver)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
First set (low, medium and high TX power values) is used
for STA-HP background role. The 2nd set is used for other roles.
Update other mac/phy parameters according to new FW.
Signed-off-by: Yair Shapira <yair.shapira@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl18xx/main.c
Update mac/phy paramters according to the default HP SISO boards.
Signed-off-by: Ido Reis <idor@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The 12xx FW doesn't support non-zero session ids for AP-mode. Introduce
an appropriate quirk to make sure the session id is always zero when
needed.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
For wl18xx, only the chip ID and the minor version number are
relevant. Ignore the other numbers which are either not used or
relate to internal projects or internal branches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Previously we were only checking the single-role firmware version.
Now add code to check for the firmware versions separately for each
firmware type.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The firmware type and the project number fields in the firmware
version number, cannot be checked as if they increase sequentially,
because the former is the firmware type and the latter is an internal
project number. There's no guarantee that these numbers will remain
incremental, so use WLCORE_FW_VER_IGNORE.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The firmwares version string contain 5 integers. We used to consider
all the digits (except for the first one, which indicates the chip) as
linearly increasing version numbers. This is not correct, because
some of the integers indicate type of firmware (eg. single-role
vs. multi-role) or the internal project it was created for.
Besides, this varies a bit from chip to chip, so we need to make the
firmware version checks more flexible (eg. allow the lower driver to
ignore some of the integers). Additionally, we need to change the
code so that we only check for a linearly increasing number on the
fields where this actually makes sense.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
We don't distinguish between STA and AP firmwares anymore, so the
firmware version checking and quirks setting in wl12xx isn't needed
anymore.
Remove implementation of .identify_fw in wl12xx and deprecated
definitions. Don't remove the op entirely from wlcore, because it may
be needed for more fine-grained checking later.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Move wl12xx-specific chip ID macros to the wl12xx driver and rename
them to 127X and 128X for clarity since both the "1" (2.4GHz) and the
"3" (2.4GHz and 5GHz) variants use the same chip ID.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
add support for recovery settings including bug_on_recovery and
no_recovery options.
These options can now be set using wl18xx-conf.bin file and wlconf
tool.
Signed-off-by: Yair Shapira <yair.shapira@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
It's sometimes useful to gather information about the firmware
stability in long test runs, especially to see if problems are
recurring frequently or not. With this commit we count the number of
times a hardware recovery was issued and print it out during recovery
and in the driver_state in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Igal Chernobelsky <igalc@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Adapt the new mac80211 BSS_CHANGED_PS notification,
and do the ps handling in mac80211's per-vif
callback (.bss_info_changed), rather than in
the per-device (.config) callback.
Make sure to configure it only after association.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
mask out CCK rates from the AP's local rates
when the interace is p2p interface (GO).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Try an opportunistic ROC when a STA is first added and stop the ROC when
the STA is removed or successfully authenticated. This would ensure we
don't miss auth/assoc/EAPOL packets during connection
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
18xx chips are capable of staying on 2 channels at the same time.
Introduce a chip-family specific parameter to set the number of channels
in the interface-combinations published by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
This is a series of patches that remove the dev* attributes for all
networking drivers, with the exception of wireless drivers, those are in
a different branch.
Use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst, and
__devexit are no longer needed since CONFIG_HOTPLUG is being removed as
an option.
Note, there are some devinit compiler section mismatch warnings due to
this series, but they are fixed up when merged with my driver-next
branch, which fixes the PCI device id warnings, and removes the modpost
detection, as it's no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlC9COEACgkQMUfUDdst+ykOEgCeKZsrtKrbjMFM5jEROqnk33FI
SwEAoMSZWFJ7M1/27FGRkylmmypWXi/p
=HH3A
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'dev_removal' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/net-next
Networking: Remove __dev* markings from the networking drivers
This is a series of patches that remove the dev* attributes for all
networking drivers, with the exception of wireless drivers, those are in
a different branch.
Use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst, and
__devexit are no longer needed since CONFIG_HOTPLUG is being removed as
an option.
Note, there are some devinit compiler section mismatch warnings due to
this series, but they are fixed up when merged with my driver-next
branch, which fixes the PCI device id warnings, and removes the modpost
detection, as it's no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Historically tun supported two modes of operation:
- in default mode, a small number of packets would get queued
at the device, the rest would be queued in qdisc
- in one queue mode, all packets would get queued at the device
This might have made sense up to a point where we made the
queue depth for both modes the same and set it to
a huge value (500) so unless the consumer
is stuck the chance of losing packets is small.
Thus in practice both modes behave the same, but the
default mode has some problems:
- if packets are never consumed, fragments are never orphaned
which cases a DOS for sender using zero copy transmit
- overrun errors are hard to diagnose: fifo error is incremented
only once so you can not distinguish between
userspace that is stuck and a transient failure,
tcpdump on the device does not show any traffic
Userspace solves this simply by enabling IFF_ONE_QUEUE
but there seems to be little point in not doing the
right thing for everyone, by default.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Cc: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Cc: Alex Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@intel.com>
Cc: e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: xen-devel@lists.xensource.com
Cc: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Kevin Curtis <kevin.curtis@farsite.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Cc: VMware, Inc. <pv-drivers@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: virtualization@lists.linux-foundation.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel@sortiz.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
Cc: linux-hippi@sunsite.dk
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Ishizaki Kou <kou.ishizaki@toshiba.co.jp>
Cc: Jens Osterkamp <jens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Geoff Levand <geoff@infradead.org>
Cc: cbe-oss-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jay Cliburn <jcliburn@gmail.com>
Cc: Chris Snook <chris.snook@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Guo-Fu Tseng <cooldavid@cooldavid.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Sorbica Shieh <sorbica@icplus.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Anirudha Sarangi <anirudh@xilinx.com>
Cc: John Linn <John.Linn@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Roger Luethi <rl@hellgate.ch>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Samuel Chessman <chessman@tux.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@fluxnic.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Daniele Venzano <venza@brownhat.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <florian@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Realtek linux nic maintainers <nic_swsd@realtek.com>
Cc: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jitendra Kalsaria <jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ron Mercer <ron.mercer@qlogic.com>
Cc: linux-driver@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jitendra Kalsaria <jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ron Mercer <ron.mercer@qlogic.com>
Cc: linux-driver@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jitendra Kalsaria <jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Cc: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Cc: linux-driver@qlogic.com
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Cc: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Wan ZongShun <mcuos.com@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Mirko Lindner <mlindner@marvell.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Santiago Leon <santil@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@gmail.com>
Cc: Vitaly Bordug <vbordug@ru.mvista.com>
Cc: linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Christian Benvenuti <benve@cisco.com>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roprabhu@cisco.com>
Cc: Neel Patel <neepatel@cisco.com>
Cc: Nishank Trivedi <nistrive@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Divy Le Ray <divy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rmody@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Gary Zambrano <zambrano@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Don Fry <pcnet32@frontier.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Kristoffer Glembo <kristoffer@gaisler.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: uclinux-dist-devel@blackfin.uclinux.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Ion Badulescu <ionut@badula.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Jes Sorensen <jes@trained-monkey.org>
Cc: linux-acenic@sunsite.dk
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: David Dillow <dave@thedillows.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <klassert@mathematik.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Cc: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Cc: linux-can@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is going away as an option. As result the __dev*
markings will be going away.
Remove use of __devinit, __devexit_p, __devinitdata, __devinitconst,
and __devexit.
Signed-off-by: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The cleanup sequence in sky2_probe() that is called in case of an error is
mixed up in different places:
- pci_disable_device() is not called in each case the device has been enabled
before
- same for pci_disable_msi(): test_msi() may return with an error != EOPNOTSUPP
(due to failure of request_irq()). In that case msi is not disabled
- also failure of register_netdev() does not disable msi
This patch fixes the concerning parts.
Signed-off-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes a left over debugging print present in the pci
shutdown callback, since this callback does not do anything useful, get
rid of it entirely.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <ffainelli@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On the RF3290,RF5360,RF5370,RF5372,RF5390,RF5392
radio frontends, the VCO calibration can be
controlled via the RFCSR3 register. The current
code uses the RFCSR30_RF_CALIBRATION constant to
enable the calibration, however that belongs to
the RFCSR30 register. Although the values of the
constant is correct, but using that for another
register is confusing.
Add a new definition for the VCO calibration enable
bit of the RFCSR3 register and use that in the
relevant places in order to avoid confusions.
The patch contains no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On A-MPDU frames, the hardware only reports valid
signal strength data for the last subframe.
This patch fixes it by flagging everything but the
last subframe in an A-MPDU to tell mac80211 to
ignore the signal strength entirely. Otherwise
the empty value (= 0 dbm) will distort the
average quite badly.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch contains no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch contains no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"entries" is unsigned here, so it is never less than zero. In theory,
len could be less than offset so I have added a check for that.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The 8139cp driver has a change_mtu function that has not been
enabled since the dawn of the git repository. However, the
generic eth_change_mtu is not used in its place, so that
invalid MTU values can be set on the interface.
Original patch salvages the broken code for the single case of
setting the MTU while the interface is down, which is safe
and also includes the range check. Now enhanced to support up
or down interface.
v2: fix case where rxbufsz isn't changed in the up state case
Original patch from
http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/1202.2/00770.html
Testing: has been test on virtual 8139cp setup without issue,
have no access real hardware 8139cp, need testing help.
Signed-off-by: "John Greene" <jogreene@redhat.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We attach queue 0 after registering netdevice currently. This leads to call
netif_set_real_num_{tx|rx}_queues() after registering the netdevice. Since we
allow tun/tap has a maximum of 1024 queues, this may lead a huge number of
uevents to be injected to userspace since we create 2048 kobjects and then
remove 2046. Solve this problem by attaching queue 0 and set the real number of
queues before registering netdevice.
Reported-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Tested-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If fan failure is detected, MCP prevents PCI I/O registers from being
mapped to the bar, causing a fatal error as driver is unaware.
This patch recognizes such an event occurred and gracefully terminates
the probe process.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yaniv.rosner@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two macros have been defined twice, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Liming Wang <walimisdev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts ep7211-sir driver to platform_driver.
Since driver can be used not only for EP7211 CPU, function names
was be renamed to generic clps711x...
Signed-off-by: Alexander Shiyan <shc_work@mail.ru>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These calls are followed by calls to memcpy() on the same memory area, so they
can safely be removed.
Signed-off-by: Cyril Roelandt <tipecaml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnx2x driver could only have enabled pfc via usage of dcbnl; now, it can
also correctly disable it.
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When configuring pauses using 'ethtool -A', the requested values have
effect when used together with autoneg (up to this point, when configured
for autoneg, driver ignored requested pause configuration)
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A rare case of no link due to a missed interrupt may occur due to a
race condition between acknowledging the IGU via the BAR and restoring the NIG
interrupt mask via the GRC.
To solve it, we wait for the IGU ack command to finish prior to restoring the
NIG interrupt mask.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yaniv.rosner@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unmasked interrupt caused "FATAL HW block attention set2 0x20" messages
to erroneously appear, as the associated interrupt is fully recoverable.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If IGU parse error is encountered during the probing process, the error
propagates and the probe gracefully fails (until now, such errors were ignored,
later causing mischief).
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is now possible to enable dropless flow control via nvram.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If link is down due to management (and not due to actual phy link being lost),
driver should still behave as if the link is down; Querying via ethtool about
speed/duplex state should result in 'UNKNOWN' (same behaviour as when link is
actually down).
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whenever bnx2x fails to transmit a packet due to a full Tx ring, if the
ring size is zero (indicating an FCoE ring) driver filters the packet out
and gracefully continues.
Driver also gathers statistics on such filtered packets.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If configured for PFC/ETS by management, configure chip regardless of the
presence of a remote peer which supports DCBX.
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parity recovery was enhanced in order to handle a few more corner cases.
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changed naming convention of SPIO macros, and prevented access to invalid SPIOs.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <yuvalmin@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to changing number of rx/tx channels using
ethtool ('ethtool -[lL]'). Where the number of tx channels specified in ethtool
is the number of rings per user priority - not total number of tx rings.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to re-set tx moderation information after calling set_ringparam
else default tx moderation will be used.
Also avoid related code duplication, by putting it in a utility function.
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) 8139cp leaks memory in error paths, from Francois Romieu.
2) do_tcp_sendpages() cannot handle order > 0 pages, but they can
certainly arrive there now, fix from Eric Dumazet.
3) Race condition and sysfs fixes in bonding from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
4) Remain-on-Channel fix in mac80211 from Felix Liao.
5) CCK rate calculation fix in iwlwifi, from Emmanuel Grumbach.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
8139cp: fix coherent mapping leak in error path.
tcp: fix crashes in do_tcp_sendpages()
bonding: fix race condition in bonding_store_slaves_active
bonding: make arp_ip_target parameter checks consistent with sysfs
bonding: fix miimon and arp_interval delayed work race conditions
mac80211: fix remain-on-channel (non-)cancelling
iwlwifi: fix the basic CCK rates calculation
cp_open
[...]
rc = cp_alloc_rings(cp);
if (rc)
return rc;
cp_alloc_rings
[...]
mem = dma_alloc_coherent(&cp->pdev->dev, CP_RING_BYTES,
&cp->ring_dma, GFP_KERNEL);
- cp_alloc_rings never frees the coherent mapping it allocates
- neither do cp_open when cp_alloc_rings fails
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicated include.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1b4c44e636 incorrectly used
ntohs() rather than htons() in myri10ge_vlan_rx().
Thanks to Fengguang Wu, Yuanhan Liu's kernel-build tester
for pointing out this bug.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben Hutchings says:
====================
1. More workarounds for TX queue flush failures that can occur during
interface reconfiguration.
2. Fix spurious failure of a firmware request running during a system
clock change, e.g. ntpd started at the same time as driver load.
3. Fix inconsistent statistics after a firmware upgrade.
4. Fix a variable (non-)initialisation in offline self-test that can
make it more disruptive than intended.
5. Fix a race that can (at least) cause an assertion failure.
6. Miscellaneous cleanup.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to ixgbe, igb and e1000e. Majority of the
changes are against igb.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that only the first fragment in a series of fragments
will have the L4 header pulled. Previously we were always pulling the L4
header as well and in the case of UDP this can harm performance since only the
first fragment will have the header, the rest just contain data which should
be left in the paged portion of the packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Ko <stephen.s.ko@intel.com>
Tested-by: Marcus Dennis <marcusx.e.dennis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update comments to conform to the preferred style for networking code as
described in ./Documentation/CodingStyle and checked for in the recently
added checkpatch NETWORKING_BLOCK_COMMENT_STYLE test.
Signed-off-by: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables flow control to be set in SerDes autoneg mode. This is
done the way it is done for copper, but relies on a different set of register/bit
checks since this is all done within the MAC registers.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch unsets the sigdetect bit for SERDES loopback tests on 82580 and
i350 parts. The loopback test can fail on these parts without this
setting.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to a hw errata, the global device reset doesn't always work on 82580
devices. This patch works around the problem not trying to do a global
device reset on these devices.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch refactors the functions in e1000_i210.c in order to remove need
for prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch allows software acquires and releases NVM resource for
writing each EEPROM page, instead of holding semaphore for the whole
data block which is too long and could trigger write fails on
unpredictable addresses.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jeff Pieper <jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i211 has an integrated secure space to store configuration information that is
usually stored in an EEPROM or flash type device. This patch updates the
read functions to return values or appropriate error codes to prevent
unnecessary init failures on some configuration schemes.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jeff Pieper <jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch replaces calls to copy_to_user, copy_from_user, and the associated
logic, with calls to simple_read_from_buffer and simple_write_to_buffer
respectively. This was done to eliminate warnings generated by the Smatch
static analysis tool.
v2- Fix return values based community feedback
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
CC: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Josh Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Most of the module parameters treated as boolean are currently exposed
as type int or uint. Defining them with the proper type is useful
documentation for both users and developers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
efx_mcdi_poll() uses get_seconds() to read the current time and to
implement a polling timeout. The use of this function was chosen
partly because it could easily be replaced in a co-sim environment
with a macro that read the simulated time.
Unfortunately the real get_seconds() returns the system time (real
time) which is subject to adjustment by e.g. ntpd. If the system time
is adjusted forward during a polled MCDI operation, the effective
timeout can be shorter than the intended 10 seconds, resulting in a
spurious failure. It is also possible for a backward adjustment to
delay detection of a areal failure.
Use jiffies instead, and change MCDI_RPC_TIMEOUT to be denominated in
jiffies. Also correct rounding of the timeout: check time > finish
(or rather time_after(time, finish)) and not time >= finish.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
The assertion of netif_device_present() at the top of
efx_hard_start_xmit() may fail if we don't do this.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
We sometimes hit a "failed to flush" timeout on some TX queues, but the
flushes have completed and the flush completion events seem to go missing.
In this case, we can check the TX_DESC_PTR_TBL register and drain the
queues if the flushes had finished.
[bwh: Minor fixes to coding style]
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
If the MC reboots then the stats it reports to us will have been
reset. We need to reset ours to get efx_update_diff_stat() working
properly.
(Ideally we would maintain stats across the reboot, but as this should
only happen immediately after a firmware upgrade it's not really worth
the trouble.)
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Currently we initialise the newly allocated buffer to all-1s, which is
important for event queues but not for descriptor queues. And since
we also do that in efx_nic_init_eventq(), it is completely pointless
to do it here.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
efx_writed_table() uses a step of 16 bytes but efx_readd_table() uses
a step of 4 bytes. Why are they different?
Firstly, register access is asymmetric:
- The EVQ_RPTR table and RX_INDIRECTION_TBL can (or must?) be written
as dwords even though they have a step size of 16 bytes, unlike
most other CSRs.
- In general, a read of any width is valid for registers, so long as
it does not cross register boundaries. There is also no latching
behaviour in the BIU, contrary to rumour.
We write to the EVQ_RPTR table with efx_writed_table() but never read
it back as it's write-only. We write to the RX_INDIRECTION_TBL with
efx_writed_table(), but only read it back for the register dump, where
we use efx_reado_table() as for any other table with step size of 16.
We read MC_TREG_SMEM with efx_readd_table() for the register dump, but
normally read and write it with efx_readd() and efx_writed() using
offsets calculated in bytes.
Since these functions are trivial and have few callers, it's clearer
to open-code them at the call sites. While we're at it, update the
comments on the BIU behaviour again.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
efx_mcdi_rpc_start() returns a negative value on error or zero on
success. However one caller that can't properly handle failure then
does WARN_ON(rc > 0). Change it to WARN_ON(rc < 0).
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Receiving pause frames can block TX queue flushes. Earlier changes
work around this by reconfiguring the MAC during flushes for VFs, but
during flushes for the PF we would only change the fc_disable counter.
Unless the MAC is reconfigured for some other reason during the flush
(which I would not expect to happen) this had no effect at all.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
sparse has got a bit more picky since I last ran it over this. Add
forced casts for use of ~0 as a big-endian value. Undo the pointless
optimisation of parameter validation with '|'; using '||' avoids these
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
This message indicates an error returned from the host when changing MAC address.
Reported-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a debug message to warn if this function is passed a NULL
pointer, but in order to print the message we have to dereference the
pointer. Obviously this isn't a good idea, so remove the message.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct spelling typo in wireless/mwifiex driver.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rtlwifi only provides pm callbacks for functions covered by pm sleep
and they are also just called if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is set.
Only add functions rtl_pci_suspend and rtl_pci_resume if
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is set and use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS instead of
manually filling struct dev_pm_ops.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
p54pci does not provide any runtime pm callbacks, so support for
PM_RUNTIME is not needed and we could go to PM_SLEEP.
This also makes it possible to use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS instead of
manually filling struct dev_pm_ops.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ath9k does not provide any runtime pm callbacks, so support for
PM_RUNTIME is not needed and we could go to PM_SLEEP.
This also makes it possible to use SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS instead of
manually filling struct dev_pm_ops.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes almost all coding issues in the rtl8192se driver. Only
exception is putting trailing */ on separate lines.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Stamer <daniel@stamer.info>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using bss->information_elements and treating
bss->len_beacon_ies as its size is wrong, the
real size is len_information_elements.
Found while I was reviewing the use of this
cfg80211 API (as it is actually potentially
broken due to races.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
see header.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Parsing vndrs ie was not taking len of tlv itself in account. Setting
mgmt ie was missing check for length indicating non configured ie and
wrongly checking available length.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mode should be stored and used per virtual interface. Remove
the mode from device global structure and rework the code to use
the mode from brcmf_cfg80211_vif.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This attribute indicates successful IBSS or AP connection has been
established. However, this no longer works for virtual interfaces.
As it turns out this attribute is identical to the CONNECTED bit
in struct brcmf_cfg80211_vif::sme_state. This patch removes the
attribute and rework some functions relying on it.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for 4313 iPA variant.
It is a variant of already supported 4313 ePA
and needs some PHY changes to work properly.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unlike LRO, GRO requires that vlan tags be removed before
aggregation can occur. Since the myri10ge NIC does not support
hardware vlan tag offload, we must remove the tag in the driver
to achieve performance comparable to LRO for vlan tagged frames.
Thanks to Eric Duzamet for his help simplifying the original patch.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert myri10ge from LRO to GRO, and simplify the driver by removing
various LRO-related code which is no longer needed including
ndo_fix_features op, custom skb building from frags, and LRO
header parsing.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move functions in
preparation for 4313iPA changes
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Put basic information about hardware in debugfs.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcms_b_txstatus and brcms_b_recv are off by one when
doing bounds checking on number of packets to process
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcms_c_isr returns true if interrupt was for us
and if dpc should be scheduled which is the same thing.
Simplify it.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The .tx() callback function can drop packets when there is no
space in the DMA fifo. Propagate that information to caller
and make sure the freed sk_buff reference is not accessed.
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Haber <phaber@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are 2 different things:
- sub-menu for "Atheros Wireless cards" family
- module ath.ko with common Atheros code
Until now, they both used to depend on the same Kconfig variable ATH_COMMON.
Thus, being "Atheros card" and "depending on ath.ko" was the same.
To allow module to belong to the
"Atheros Wireless cards" family but not use ath.ko,
2 conditions above need to be separated.
So, this patch introduce new Kconfig variable ATH_CARDS for belonging
to the "Atheros Wireless Cards" family; while ATH_COMMON becomes hidden
variable to express dependency on common Atheros code in ath.ko. Modules
that depend on this common code now express it by setting ATH_COMMON.
Right now, ath6kl do not depend on common code and thus do not set ATH_COMMON.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
'bf_next' is cleared using ATH_TXBUF_RESET() in both the
callsites of ath_tx_get_buffer().
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ethtool statistics are available only when
CONFIG_ATH9K_DEBUGFS is enabled, move these functions
to debug.c
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Petr Stetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for advertising GreenField, 40MHz intolerance
or LDPC coding support to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The commit "ath9k: stomp audio profiles on weak signal
strength" failed to take care of new stomp type while
programming concurrent tx priority. That leads to array
index out of bounds access.
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/btcoex.c:414
ath9k_hw_btcoex_set_concur_txprio()
error: buffer overflow 'stomp_txprio' 4 <= 4
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These were originally prepared by Krzysztof Halasa but not submitted
in time for v3.7 due to some confusion about how ixp4xx patches should
be handled. Jason Cooper thankfully offered to help out sending the
patches upstream through arm-soc now, but given the timing, we could
as well delay them for 3.8.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=GlCa
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'ixp4xx-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc
Pull ARM ixp4xx bug fixes from Arnd Bergmann:
"These were originally prepared by Krzysztof Halasa but not submitted
in time for v3.7 due to some confusion about how ixp4xx patches should
be handled. Jason Cooper thankfully offered to help out sending the
patches upstream through arm-soc now, but given the timing, we could
as well delay them for 3.8."
* tag 'ixp4xx-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arm/arm-soc:
IXP4xx: use __iomem for MMIO
IXP4xx: map CPU config registers within VMALLOC region.
IXP4xx: Always ioremap() Queue Manager MMIO region at boot.
ixp4xx: Declare MODULE_FIRMWARE usage
IXP4xx crypto: MOD_AES{128,192,256} already include key size.
WAN: Remove redundant HDLC info printed by IXP4xx HSS driver.
IXP4xx: Remove time limit for PCI TRDY to enable use of slow devices.
IXP4xx: ixp4xx_crypto driver requires Queue Manager and NPE drivers.
IXP4xx: HW pseudo-random generator is available on IXP45x/46x only.
IXP4xx: Fix off-by-one bug in Goramo MultiLink platform.
IXP4xx: Fix Goramo MultiLink platform compilation.
These macros, while reducing the amount of code, hide flow control
and make the code more confusing to follow and review. This patch
expands them. It should have no functional effect on the driver.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bug introduced in bbd9f9e which could prevent
some wakeups from working correctly if multiple wol options were
selected.
This helper function calculates a 16-bit crc and shifts it into
either the high or low 16 bits of a u32 so the caller can or it
directly into place. The function previously had a u16 return
type so would always have returned zero when filter was odd.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Reported-by: Bjorn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Bjorn Mork, the generic "usb" driver sets this
for us so no need to directly set it in this driver.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Cc: Bjorn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ensures that if we fail to suspend the LAN9500 device
we call usbnet_resume before returning failure, instead of
leaving the usbnet driver in an unusable state.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a buffer overflow introduced by bbd9f9e, where
the filter_mask array is accessed beyond its bounds.
Updated to also add a check for kzalloc failure, as reported by
Bjorn Mork and Joe Perches.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Cc: Bjorn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros, while reducing the amount of code, hide flow control
and make the code more confusing to follow and review. This patch
expands them. It should have no functional effect on the driver.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If usbnet_suspend returns an error we don't want to call
usbnet_resume to clean up, but instead just return the error.
If usbnet_suspend *does* succeed, and we have a problem further
on, the desired behaviour is still to call usbnet_resume
to clean up before returning.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes an unused parameter (src_net) from rtnl_create_link()
method and from the method single invocation, in veth.
This parameter was used in the past when calling
ops->get_tx_queues(src_net, tb) in rtnl_create_link().
The get_tx_queues() member of rtnl_link_ops was replaced by two methods,
get_num_tx_queues() and get_num_rx_queues(), which do not get any
parameter. This was done in commit d40156aa5e by
Jiri Pirko ("rtnl: allow to specify different num for rx and tx queue count").
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
this pull request is for net-next/master. There is a patch by Alexander
Stein fixing a reference counter problem which can make driver
unloading impossible (stable Cc'ed). And several patches by me which
remove an obsolete mechanism from several drivers, which is already
handled at the infrastructure level.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bonding in balance-alb mode records information from ARP packets
passing through the bond in a hash table (rx_hashtbl).
At certain situations (e.g. link change of a slave),
rlb_update_rx_clients() will send out ARP packets to update ARP
caches of other hosts on the network to achieve RX load
balancing.
The problem is that once an IP address is recorded in the hash
table, it stays there indefinitely. If this IP address is
migrated to a different host in the network, bonding still sends
out ARP packets that poison other systems' ARP caches with
invalid information.
This patch solves this by looking at all incoming ARP packets,
and checking if the source IP address is one of the source
addresses stored in the rx_hashtbl. If it is, but the MAC
addresses differ, the corresponding hash table entries are
removed. Thus, when an IP address is migrated, the first ARP
broadcast by its new owner will purge the offending entries of
rx_hashtbl.
The hash table is hashed by ip_dst. To be able to do the above
check efficiently (not walking the whole hash table), we need a
reverse mapping (by ip_src).
I added three new members in struct rlb_client_info:
rx_hashtbl[x].src_first will point to the start of a list of
entries for which hash(ip_src) == x.
The list is linked with src_next and src_prev.
When an incoming ARP packet arrives at rlb_arp_recv()
rlb_purge_src_ip() can quickly walk only the entries on the
corresponding lists, i.e. the entries that are likely to contain
the offending IP address.
To avoid confusion, I renamed these existing fields of struct
rlb_client_info:
next -> used_next
prev -> used_prev
rx_hashtbl_head -> rx_hashtbl_used_head
(The current linked list is _not_ a list of hash table
entries with colliding ip_dst. It's a list of entries that are
being used; its purpose is to avoid walking the whole hash table
when looking for used entries.)
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not modify or load balance ARP packets passing through balance-alb
mode (wherein the ARP did not originate locally, and arrived via a bridge).
Modifying pass-through ARP replies causes an incorrect MAC address
to be placed into the ARP packet, rendering peers unable to communicate
with the actual destination from which the ARP reply originated.
Load balancing pass-through ARP requests causes an entry to be
created for the peer in the rlb table, and bond_alb_monitor will
occasionally issue ARP updates to all peers in the table instrucing them
as to which MAC address they should communicate with; this occurs when
some event sets rx_ntt. In the bridged case, however, the MAC address
used for the update would be the MAC of the slave, not the actual source
MAC of the originating destination. This would render peers unable to
communicate with the destinations beyond the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Li <zheng.x.li@oracle.com>
Cc: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- due to the complex interdependencies of the received pull requests
I decided to keep this in one branch the way they recommended merging it
- this was their first attempt at doing pull requests, we'll work on it
with them
- added SMP support for mvebu SoCs
- added coherency fabric
- added mdio and mvneta drivers
- added mirabox board
- added openblocks ax3-4 board
- clock fixes and improvements
- converted mv_xor driver to devicetree (extensive series in itself)
merge conflicts with orion/*
- arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/Kconfig
- select everything
- arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/board-dt.c
- remove AUXDATA
- keep all of_machine_is_compatible()
- use of_platform_populate(NULL, kirkwood_dt_match_table, NULL, NULL)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJQsFAhAAoJEAi3KVZQDZAedzgH/3VodO3dDqL4A5HCoUj56HXF
Chkv1cl+1VS3sPnsbbluG0fmDdB619i4Oi2bUWc1YdLpEE0xgyjeAzl5vZDFBjrS
tb8nhWCd2vEcKFSC+HVU2Rhj0NwgUoQifoeD7NSovYZJE6+z+KEY5ny0sE4uaWE1
NL+StBI9dH+SvMi59rnsAxteAnBEAosUoY4KaoHcTHvPsqm9xW5GBh1MkSXQB7fx
kwRrdCaM8U3y3J933/Y4C3maDDQVL7v27YgQp+U5r/eRyN7fVVccxLr6xwl9sck2
fjEpbNRYMImvCOKh8+dhllf/8ZOmjdOore4ORbk4Ulame2KL6pG/2fZ+5N+FrRQ=
=QHBZ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mvebu_everything_for_3.8' of git://git.infradead.org/users/jcooper/linux into late/mvebu
From Jason Cooper. Unfortunately this is a combined branch with all
mvebu code as one drop, something we normally try to avoid and instead
slice vendor topics across our branches. Hopefully we can avoid doing
this again for 3.9!
mvebu everything for v3.8
- due to the complex interdependencies of the received pull requests
I decided to keep this in one branch the way they recommended merging it
- this was their first attempt at doing pull requests, we'll work on it
with them
- added SMP support for mvebu SoCs
- added coherency fabric
- added mdio and mvneta drivers
- added mirabox board
- added openblocks ax3-4 board
- clock fixes and improvements
- converted mv_xor driver to devicetree (extensive series in itself)
* tag 'mvebu_everything_for_3.8' of git://git.infradead.org/users/jcooper/linux: (85 commits)
dma: mv_xor: fix error handling path
dma: mv_xor: fix error checking of irq_of_parse_and_map()
dma: mv_xor: use request_irq() instead of devm_request_irq()
dma: mv_xor: clear the window override control registers
arm: mvebu: fix address decoding armada_cfg_base() function
ARM: mvebu: update defconfig with I2C and RTC support
ARM: mvebu: Add SATA support for OpenBlocks AX3-4
ARM: mvebu: Add support for the RTC in OpenBlocks AX3-4
ARM: mvebu: Add support for I2C on OpenBlocks AX3-4
ARM: mvebu: Add support for I2C controllers in Armada 370/XP
arm: mvebu: Add hardware I/O Coherency support
arm: plat-orion: Add coherency attribute when setup mbus target
arm: dma mapping: Export a dma ops function arm_dma_set_mask
arm: mvebu: Add SMP support for Armada XP
arm: mm: Add support for PJ4B cpu and init routines
arm: mvebu: Add IPI support via doorbells
arm: mvebu: Add initial support for power managmement service unit
arm: mvebu: Add support for coherency fabric in mach-mvebu
arm: mvebu: update defconfig to include XOR driver
arm: mvebu: update defconfig to include network driver
...
Signed-off-by: Olof Johansson <olof@lixom.net>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The slave_state_lock spinlock is used in both interrupt context and
process context, hence irq locking must be used. Found by lockdep.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Race between bonding_store_slaves_active() and slave manipulation
functions. The bond_for_each_slave use in bonding_store_slaves_active()
is not protected by any synchronization mechanism.
NULL pointer dereference is easy to reach.
Fixed by acquiring the bond->lock for the slave walk.
v2: Make description text < 75 columns
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The module can be loaded with arp_ip_target="255.255.255.255" which makes
it impossible to remove as the function in sysfs checks for that value,
so we make the parameter checks consistent with sysfs.
v2: Fix formatting
v3: Make description text < 75 columns
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First I would give three observations which will be used later.
Observation 1: if (delayed_work_pending(wq)) cancel_delayed_work(wq)
This usage is wrong because the pending bit is cleared just before the
work's fn is executed and if the function re-arms itself we might end up
with the work still running. It's safe to call cancel_delayed_work_sync()
even if the work is not queued at all.
Observation 2: Use of INIT_DELAYED_WORK()
Work needs to be initialized only once prior to (de/en)queueing.
Observation 3: IFF_UP is set only after ndo_open is called
Related race conditions:
1. Race between bonding_store_miimon() and bonding_store_arp_interval()
Because of Obs.1 we can end up having both works enqueued.
2. Multiple races with INIT_DELAYED_WORK()
Since the works are not protected by anything between INIT_DELAYED_WORK()
and calls to (en/de)queue it is possible for races between the following
functions:
(races are also possible between the calls to INIT_DELAYED_WORK()
and workqueue code)
bonding_store_miimon() - bonding_store_arp_interval(), bond_close(),
bond_open(), enqueued functions
bonding_store_arp_interval() - bonding_store_miimon(), bond_close(),
bond_open(), enqueued functions
3. By Obs.1 we need to change bond_cancel_all()
Bugs 1 and 2 are fixed by moving all work initializations in bond_open
which by Obs. 2 and Obs. 3 and the fact that we make sure that all works
are cancelled in bond_close(), is guaranteed not to have any work
enqueued.
Also RTNL lock is now acquired in bonding_store_miimon/arp_interval so
they can't race with bond_close and bond_open. The opposing work is
cancelled only if the IFF_UP flag is set and it is cancelled
unconditionally. The opposing work is already cancelled if the interface
is down so no need to cancel it again. This way we don't need new
synchronizations for the bonding workqueue. These bugs (and fixes) are
tied together and belong in the same patch.
Note: I have left 1 line intentionally over 80 characters (84) because I
didn't like how it looks broken down. If you'd prefer it otherwise,
then simply break it.
v2: Make description text < 75 columns
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Don't return a hard coded -EFAULT, but rather the error
that occurred in the flow.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The variable open_time in the struct peak_usb_device was used to protect
peak_usb_set_mode() only to be called, if the interface is up. Now the CAN
device infrastructure takes care of this.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The variable open_time in the struct esd_usb2_net_priv was used to protect
esd_usb2_set_mode() only to be called, if the interface is up. Now the CAN
device infrastructure takes care of this.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The variable open_time in the struct ems_usb was used to protect
ems_usb_set_mode() only to be called, if the interface is up. Now the CAN
device infrastructure takes care of this.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The variable open_time in the struct sja1000_priv was used to protect
sja1000_set_mode() only to be called, if the interface is up. Now the CAN
device infrastructure takes care of this.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The variable open_time in the struct mscan_priv was used to protect
mscan_do_set_mode() only to be called, if the interface is up. Now the CAN
device infrastructure takes care of this.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
If the restart timer is running due to BUS-OFF and the device is
disconnected an dev_put will decrease the usage counter to -1 thus
blocking the interface removal, resulting in the following dmesg
lines repeating every 10s:
can: notifier: receive list not found for dev can0
can: notifier: receive list not found for dev can0
can: notifier: receive list not found for dev can0
unregister_netdevice: waiting for can0 to become free. Usage count = -1
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexander.stein@systec-electronic.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
CC drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.o
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c: In function 'cpsw_ndo_ioctl':
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpsw.c:881:20: warning: unused variable 'priv'
The build warning is generated when CPTS is not selected in Kernel Build.
Fixing by passing the net_device pointer to cpts IOCTL instead of passing priv
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This pull request is intended for the 3.8 stream. It is a bit large
-- I guess Thanksgiving got me off track! At least the code got to
spend some time in linux-next... :-)
This includes the usual batch of pulls for Bluetooth, NFC, and mac80211
as well as iwlwifi. Also here is an ath6kl pull, and a new driver
in the rtlwifi family. The brcmfmac, brcmsmac, ath9k, and mwl8k get
their usual levels of attention, and a handful of other updates tag
along as well.
For more detail on the pulls, please see below...
On Bluetooth, Gustavo says:
"Another set of patches for integration in wireless-next. There are two big set
of changes in it: Andrei Emeltchenko and Mat Martineau added more patches
towards a full Bluetooth High Speed support and Johan Hedberg improve the
single mode support for Bluetooth dongles. Apart from that we have small fixes
and improvements."
...and:
"A few patches to 3.8. The majority of the work here is from Andrei on the High
Speed support. Other than that Johan added support for setting LE advertising
data. The rest are fixes and clean ups and small improvements like support for
a new broadcom hardware."
On mac80211, Johannes says:
"This is for mac80211, for -next (3.8). Plenty of changes, as you can see
below. Some fixes for previous changes like the export.h include, the
beacon listener fix from Ben Greear, etc. Overall, no exciting new
features, though hwsim does gain channel context support for people to
try it out and look at."
...and...:
"This one contains the mac80211-next material. Apart from a few small new
features and cleanups I have two fixes for the channel context code. The
RX_END timestamp support will probably be reworked again as Simon Barber
noted the calculations weren't really valid, but the discussions there
are still going on and it's better than what we had before."
...and:
"Please pull (see below) to get the following changes:
* a fix & a debug aid in IBSS from Antonio,
* mesh cleanups from Marco,
* a few bugfixes for some of my previous patches from Arend and myself,
* and the big initial VHT support patchset"
And on iwlwifi, Johannes says:
"In addition to the previous four patches that I'm not resending,
we have a number of cleanups, message reduction, firmware error
handling improvements (yes yes... we need to fix them instead)
and various other small things all over."
...and:
"In his quest to try to understand the current iwlwifi problems (like
stuck queues etc.) Emmanuel has first cleaned up the PCIe code, I'm
including his changes in this pull request. Other than that I only have
a small cleanup from Sachin Kamat to remove a duplicate include and a
bugfix to turn off MFP if software crypto is enabled, but this isn't
really interesting as MFP isn't supported right now anyway."
On NFC, Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- A few HCI improvements in preparation for an upcoming HCI chipset support.
- A pn544 code cleanup after the old driver was removed.
- An LLCP improvement for notifying user space when one peer stops ACKing I
frames."
On ath6kl, Kalle says:
"Major changes this time are firmware recover support to gracefully
handle if firmware crashes, support for changing regulatory domain and
support for new ar6004 hardware revision 1.4. Otherwise there are just
smaller fixes or cleanups from different people."
Thats about it... :-) Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ff33c0e188 ('net: Remove bogus
dependencies on INET') wrongly removed this dependency. cxgb3 uses
the arp_send() function defined in net/ipv4/arp.c.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do this in the same way bonding does. This fixed setup resolves performance
issues when using some cards with certain offloading.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On BE2 chip, an interrupt may be raised even when EQ is in un-armed state.
As a result be_intx()::events_get() and be_poll:events_get() can race and
notify an EQ wrongly.
Fix this by counting events only in be_poll(). Commit 0b545a629 fixes
the same issue in the MSI-x path.
But, on Lancer, INTx can be de-asserted only by notifying num evts. This
is not an issue as the above BE2 behavior doesn't exist/has never been
seen on Lancer.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove an outdated comment, that should have been removed in the
patch named "MODULE_PARM conversions" from early 2005.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Building ewrk3.o triggers this GCC warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/ewrk3.c: In function '__check_irq':
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/ewrk3.c:1915:1: warning: return from incompatible pointer type [enabled by default]
This can be trivially fixed by changing the 'irq' parameter from int to
byte (which is an alias for unsigned char for module parameters).
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
this is pull request is for net-next. Contains a patch by Andreas
Larsson, which enables the sja1000 of driver to work under sparc.
AnilKumar Ch contributed a patch to improve the c_can support under
omap, Olivier Sobrie's patch brings support for the CAN/USB dongles
from Kvaser. In a bunch of patches by me missing MODULE_ALIAS and/or
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE entries were added to the CAN drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If all slaves of a balance-rr bond with ARP monitor are enslaved
with down link state, bond keeps down state even after slaves
go up.
This is caused by bond_enslave() setting curr_active_slave to
first slave not taking into account its link state. As
bond_loadbalance_arp_mon() uses curr_active_slave to identify
whether slave's down->up transition should update bond's link
state, bond stays down even if slaves are up (until first slave
goes from up to down at least once).
Before commit f31c7937 "bonding: start slaves with link down for
ARP monitor", this was masked by slaves always starting in UP
state with ARP monitor (and MII monitor not relying on
curr_active_slave being NULL if there is no slave up).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Huawei E173 is a QMI/wwan device which normally appear
as 12d1:1436 in Linux. The descriptors displayed in that
mode will be picked up by cdc_ether. But the modem has
another mode with a different device ID and a slightly
different set of descriptors. This is the mode used by
Windows like this:
3Modem: USB\VID_12D1&PID_140C&MI_00\6&3A1D2012&0&0000
Networkcard: USB\VID_12D1&PID_140C&MI_01\6&3A1D2012&0&0001
Appli.Inter: USB\VID_12D1&PID_140C&MI_02\6&3A1D2012&0&0002
PC UI Inter: USB\VID_12D1&PID_140C&MI_03\6&3A1D2012&0&0003
Reported-by: Thomas Schäfer <tschaefer@t-online.de>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Bjorn Mork, the generic "usb" driver sets this
for us so no need to directly set it in this driver.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Cc: Bjorn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for USB dynamic autosuspend to the
smsc75xx driver. This saves virtually no power in the USB
device but enables power savings in upstream hosts and
the host CPU.
Note currently Linux doesn't automatically enable this
functionality by default for devices so to test this:
echo auto > /sys/bus/usb/devices/2-1.2/power/control
where 2-1.2 is the USB bus address of the LAN7500.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch ensures that if we fail to suspend the LAN7500 device
we call usbnet_resume before returning failure, instead of
leaving the usbnet driver in an unusable state.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables LAN7500 family devices to wake from suspend
on either link up or link down events.
It also adds _nopm versions of mdio access functions, so we can
safely call them from suspend and resume functions
Updated patch to add newlines to printk messages
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits out the logic for entering suspend modes
to separate functions, to reduce the complexity of the
smsc75xx_suspend function.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a missing check and error message if smsc75xx_reset
fails.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix coding style violations in qlcnic_minidump.c
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Physical refactoring of 82xx adapter register dump utility.
Move register dump routines to new file qlcnic_minidump.c
Existing register dump routines has coding style issues, the code
is moved to the new file without fixing the style issues.
There is a seperate patch to fix the style issues in qlcnic_minidump.c
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix coding style issues in qlcnic_sysfs.c file
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Physical refactoring of 82xx adapter sysfs routines.
Move sysfs routines to new file qlcnic_sysfs.c
Existing sysfs routines has coding style issues, this code is
moved to the new file without fixing the style issues.
There is a seperate patch to fix the style issues in qlcnic_sysfs.c
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Physical refactoring of 82xx adapter data path routines.
Move data path code to new file qlcnic_io.c
Existing data path code has coding stye issues, the code is
moved to the new file without fixing the style issues.
There is a seperate patch to fix the style issues in qlcnic_io.c
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to igb, igbvf and ixgbe.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is not a real problem, since the EEE is supported for devices where the
actual_phy_selection is zero, such that the req_duplex of params will match
the one of the phy struct.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The string was split to several lines since it reached over 180 chars, which
seems too much.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes some cosmetic changes to the code:
1. Code alignment.
2. Merge read-modify-write into a single function (read_or_write /
read_and_write).
3. Merge several write registers into a for-loop write using a static array.
4. Remove empty lines.
5. Fix comments.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Taking PHY lock is not required on some older designs, but we are removing this
complication and always taking it since it is always required on newer designs
and does not worth the code complication on the older boards.
Taking PHY lock was initially required only on specific boards which had their
MDC/MDIO bus crossed, but since this lock is now always required, for example,
when NCSI is present, the PHY lock will always be taken.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the 10G-baseT PHY - BCM84834, which is the quad-port version of
the dual-port BCM84833.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Per measurements, the SFP+ suffered from small current leakage in two cases:
- When no module was plugged and TX laser was disabled. The fix was to enable
it, and when module is plugged in, check if it needs to be disabled.
- When over-current event occurs due to invalid SFP+ module, the HW basically
shuts down the current for this module, but the SW needs to complete this
by issuing a power down via a GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When drivers works on top of an old bootcode, it is theoretically subjected to
MDC/MDIO failures since the MDIO clock is set in the beginning of each sequence,
rather than per CL45 command. On rare cases an old bootcodes may change that in
the middle, so to address that, the MDIO clock is set for each CL45 access.
In addition, setting the MDIO clock is now done per EMAC base, and
not per port number, since a specific port can potentially use both EMACs for
different PHY accesses.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case Link Flap Avoidance feature is supported by the MCP, bnx2x will enable
it, and will pass the appropriate parameter when load request is sent to
the MCP.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the op_mode is leaving, the transport should set
its pointer to it to NULL to not point to freed memory.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The FH (DMA engine) tells the driver the index of the last
ready (closed) Rx buffer. This data is in closed_rb_num.
If we read this data several times we may get inconsistencies
between the code and the debug prints which can make it
harder to debug issues here.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the version string to better reflect the driver functionality with
that of the out of tree driver. Also since we no longer need the MAJ,
MIN, BUILD defines remove them to clean up the code.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The internal bridge mode setting needs to be sticky so that it can be
configured correctly after a device reset. This change is required now
that the driver supports setting the bridge mode to VEB or VEPA.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <Sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The XOFF received statistic registers are per priority based and not per
traffic class. The ixgbe driver was incorrectly considering them to be for
each traffic class; and then disabling the "Tx hang" check for the queues
that belonged to the particular traffic class that had received PFC frames.
The above logic worked fine in scenario where the user priority and traffic
class number matched e.g. priority 0 is mapped to traffic class 0 and so on.
But, when multiple user priorities are mapped to a single traffic class or
when user priorities and traffic class numbers do not line up; the ixgbe
driver may disable the "Tx hang" check for queues belonging to a traffic
class that did not receive PFC frames and keep the "Tx hang" check enabled
for the queues that did receive the PFC frames.
This patch corrects the above in the code by considering the statistics
on a per priority basis; then getting the traffic class the user priority
belongs to and disabling the "Tx hang" check for queues that belong
to that traffic class.
Signed-off-by: Neerav Parikh <Neerav.Parikh@intel.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Marcus Dennis <marcusx.e.dennis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since we are doing a page based receive there is no point in setting a maximum
packet length on the x540 RXDCTL register. As such we can drop the code from
the driver entirely.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Marcus Dennis <marcusx.e.dennis@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For some devices, the result of the flow control high watermark gets
truncated when programming it into the registers because of the mask used.
Switch the mask to 32-bit to prevent this from happening.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update version number.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On i350 VF devices, VLAN tags will be byte-swapped in the receive
descriptor only when received packets are looped back from other
VFs. Check for this condition and swab the tag if needed.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to a bug, the fw asserts on fw log stop when dbg-pins are used.
Don't stop the fw log in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
We support changing the channel BW when we started the STA role on
a 40Mhz bandwidth. Otherwise a reconnection is required.
Save the started channel width and use it when channel width updates
arrive.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Allow configuring different dwell times to the different
scan types (regular and scheduled).
Add new configuration entry (dwell_time_dfs) to
conf_scan_settings, in order to allow setting
different values for normal scan and scheduled scan.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
we have done updating the driver to the new fw
api, so make the driver operational again.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The interface might go down before we got the SCHED_STOPPED
event, so make sure to call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped()
if the scanned interface is removed.
Replace sched_scanning with sched_vif in order to save
the scanned interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
In 18xx the calibration process of the PHY Cortex domain
requires to perform an active calibration of the channel
before it can be used for transmission. To fulfill world
wide regulatory restrictions, fw should be always
synchronized/updated with current CRDA configuration.
Add a new "CMD_DFS_CHANNEL_CONFIG" command to update the
fw with current reg-domain, this command passes a bit map
of channels that are allowed to be used for transmission.
The driver shall update the fw during initialization and
after each change in the current reg-domain
configuration. The driver will save the channel number of
incoming beacons during the scan process, as they might
be a result of the passive scan on
"IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN" channel and will update the
fw accordingly once the scan is finished, the purpose of
this is to be ready in case of the authentication request
on one of these disabled (uncalibrated) channels.
The new command requires to wait for the fw completion
event "DFS_CHANNELS_CONFIG_COMPLETE_EVENT".
No scan commands (including the sched scan) can be
executed concurrently with the "CMD_DFS_CHANNEL_CONFIG",
wl->mutex ensures that.
[Arik - move reset of reg_ch_conf_last to safe place inside
op_stop_locked]
[Eliad - adjust to new event waiting api]
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Rename ath6kl_cleanup_vif function as 'ath6kl_cfg80211_vif_stop'
which is the more appropriate name considering the functionality
of the module and vif specific cleanup is actually done by
ath6kl_cfg80211_vif_cleanup. Also move it to cfg80211.c.
Also make ath6kl_cfg80211_sta_bmiss_enhance as static function.
This addresses a FIXME/TODO.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Parse beacon interval from userspace to
firmware. Incase the firmware does not
supports it, just print a warning message
and continue with AP settings.
Cc: Sumathi Mandipati <sumathi@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
a minor cleanup in assigning the driver specific network type
based on interface type.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
On continuous loading and unloading of AR6004 ath6kl USB
driver it triggers a panic due to NULL pointer dereference of
'target' pointer.
while true; do sudo modprobe -v ath6kl_core;
sudo modprobe -v ath6kl_usb; sudo modprobe -r usb;
sudo modprobe -r ath6kl_core; done
ar->htc_target can be NULL due to a race condition that can occur
during driver initialization(we do 'ath6kl_hif_power_on' before
initializing 'ar->htc_target' via 'ath6kl_htc_create').
'ath6kl_hif_power_on' assigns 'ath6kl_recv_complete' as
usb_complete_t/callback function for 'usb_fill_bulk_urb'.
Thus the possibility of ar->htc_target being NULL
via ath6kl_recv_complete -> ath6kl_usb_io_comp_work
before even 'ath6kl_htc_create' is finished to initialize
ar->htc_create.
Worth noting is the obvious solution of doing 'ath6kl_hif_power_on'
later(i.e after we are done with 'ath6kl_htc_create', causes a
h/w bring up failure in AR6003 SDIO, as 'ath6kl_hif_power_on' is a
pre-requisite to get the target version 'ath6kl_bmi_get_target_info'.
So simply check for NULL pointer for 'ar->htc_target' and bail out.
[23614.518282] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at
00000904
[23614.518463] IP: [<c012e7a6>] __ticket_spin_trylock+0x6/0x30
[23614.518570] *pde = 00000000
[23614.518664] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[23614.518795] Modules linked in: ath6kl_usb(O+) ath6kl_core(O)
[23614.520012] EIP: 0060:[<c012e7a6>] EFLAGS: 00010286 CPU: 0
[23614.520012] EIP is at __ticket_spin_trylock+0x6/0x30
Call Trace:
[<c03f2a44>] do_raw_spin_trylock+0x14/0x40
[<c06daa12>] _raw_spin_lock_bh+0x52/0x80
[<f85464b4>] ? ath6kl_htc_pipe_rx_complete+0x3b4/0x4c0 [ath6kl_core]
[<f85464b4>] ath6kl_htc_pipe_rx_complete+0x3b4/0x4c0 [ath6kl_core]
[<c05bc272>] ? skb_dequeue+0x22/0x70
[<c05bc272>] ? skb_dequeue+0x22/0x70
[<f855bb32>] ath6kl_core_rx_complete+0x12/0x20 [ath6kl_core]
[<f848771a>] ath6kl_usb_io_comp_work+0xaa/0xb0 [ath6kl_usb]
[<c015b863>] process_one_work+0x1a3/0x5e0
[<c015b7e7>] ? process_one_work+0x127/0x5e0
[<f8487670>] ? ath6kl_usb_reset_resume+0x30/0x30 [ath6kl_usb]
[<c015bfde>] worker_thread+0x11e/0x3f0
Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception in interrupt
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
dev_kfree_skb kernel API itself takes for checking for NULL
skb, so an explicit check is not required.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Assign 'true' to the bool variable instead of needless typecasting.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
WLAN_ENABLED is vif specific, not part of
the driver's struct ath6kl. Proper clearing
of this flag is already taken care in
ath6kl_cleanup_vif.
Cc: wei-jen jlin <jenlin@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch adds a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE for the of bindings, so that the module
can be loaded automatically by udev.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE for the of and platform bindings, so that
the module can be loaded automatically by udev.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE for the platform bindings, so that the
module can be loaded automatically by udev.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE for the of and platform bindings, so that
the module can be loaded automatically by udev.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a MODULE_ALIAS for the platform bindings and a
MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE for of bindings, so that the module can be loaded
automatically by udev.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a MODULE_ALIAS for the platform bindings, so that the module
can be loaded automatically by udev.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a MODULE_ALIAS for the platform bindings, so that
the module can be loaded automatically udev.
Tested-by: Jan Lübbe <jlu@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch adds a MODULE_ALIAS for the platform bindings, so that the module
can be loaded automatically by udev.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This driver provides support for several Kvaser CAN/USB devices.
Such kind of devices supports up to three CAN network interfaces.
It has been tested with a Kvaser USB Leaf Light (one network interface)
connected to a pch_can interface.
The firmware version of the Kvaser device was 2.5.205.
List of Kvaser devices supported by the driver:
- Kvaser Leaf Light
- Kvaser Leaf Professional HS
- Kvaser Leaf SemiPro HS
- Kvaser Leaf Professional LS
- Kvaser Leaf Professional SWC
- Kvaser Leaf Professional LIN
- Kvaser Leaf SemiPro LS
- Kvaser Leaf SemiPro SWC
- Kvaser Memorator II HS/HS
- Kvaser USBcan Professional HS/HS
- Kvaser Leaf Light GI
- Kvaser Leaf Professional HS (OBD-II connector)
- Kvaser Memorator Professional HS/LS
- Kvaser Leaf Light "China"
- Kvaser BlackBird SemiPro
- Kvaser USBcan R
Signed-off-by: Daniel Berglund <db@kvaser.com>
Signed-off-by: Olivier Sobrie <olivier@sobrie.be>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add D_CAN raminit support to C_CAN driver to enable D_CAN RAM,
which holds all the message objects during transmission or
receiving of data. This initialization/de-initialization should
be done in synchronous with D_CAN clock.
In case of AM335X-EVM (current user of D_CAN driver) message RAM is
controlled through control module register for both instances. So
control module register details is required to initialization or
de-initialization of message RAM according to instance number.
Control module memory resource is obtained from D_CAN dt node and
instance number obtained from device tree aliases node.
This patch was tested on AM335x-EVM along with pinctrl data addition
patch, d_can dt aliases addition and control module data addition.
pinctrl data addition is not added to am335x-evm.dts (only supports
CPLD profile#0) because d_can1 is supported under CPLD profile#1.
Signed-off-by: AnilKumar Ch <anilkumar@ti.com>
[mkl: fix instance for non DT in probe, cleaned up raminit]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
A new session_id is generated on link allocation.
it is saved in a global array and used later, on tx.
The new fw api adds new bcast/global_session_id
fields to start_role(ap) command, and a new session_id
field to add_peer command. align the driver with it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
New fields were added to start_role(ap) and
set_peer_state commands, so the fw will be
able to know whether the sta/ap supports
wmm (the fw uses it in order to choose the
AC for some of its internally-generated frames)
For sta, take this value right from bss_conf->qos.
For ap, check for wmm support by looking for the
WMM IE in the configured beacon.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The event mailbox in wl18xx has a different
(non-compatible) structure.
Create common functions in wlcore to handle the
events, and call them from the chip-specific
event mailbox parsers.
This way, each driver (wl12xx/wl18xx) extracts
the event mailbox by itself according to its
own structure, and then calls the common
wlcore functions to handle it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Some fields were added to the channel_switch and
stop_channel_switch commands. Unfortunately,
the new 18xx channel_switch struct is not backward
compatible with the 12xx channel switch struct.
Add a new channel_switch op to wlcore, and update
the driver accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Some regdomains have more than 23 valid 5ghz channels,
so 18xx's MAX_CHANNELS_5GHZ was increased to 32.
Since now we have different max 5ghz channels values
for wl12xx and wl18xx, add a new wl->max_channels_5ghz
field, and use it for scan channels configuration.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The scan APIs of 12xx and 18xx are totally different.
Use some common functions as much as possible (e.g.
for setting scan channels), but split scan.c into
chip-specific scan.c files, each implementing its
own scan mechanism.
(in other words - move most of the current wlcore's
scan.c into wl12xx, and implement a similar mechanism
in 18xx, according to the new api)
New wlcore ops are introduced in order to call the
chip-specific scan functions.
The template indices used for each scan (regular/scheduled)
are also different between the chips, so set the correct
indices used for each scan type after identifying the chip.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The new fw (8.5.0.0.28) is not backward compatible
with older drivers.
Use a new fw name (along with bumping the min
fw version), and add some code to fail
any boot attempt during the fw api alignment
patches (as the driver is not functional in
these transitional patches).
This code will be removed after the api alignment
will be done.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
18xx and 12xx have different scan APIs. In 18xx,
the scan and the sched scan use the same struct.
Prepare the scan configuration functions to it, by taking
more generic params (e.g. ieee80211_channel) instead of
specific structs/requests.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
When we stop sched scan during connection, we shouldn't
call ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped directly, but do it
in the normal flow, as part of the SCHED_SCAN_COMPLETED
event handling.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Remove goto and label in the code where a simple if can be used. If
nothing else, this is at least confusing git diff, which shows the
label name as the name of the function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
In multi-vif setup it's useful to know the role_id
being configured.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
With the new connection flow, start_sta is called before
the remote rates where updated. Use our own supported rates
instead to make sure we don't disable any potential rate
(the rate policies will be updated later, but there is
currently no way to update the remote rates)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Pass a variable indicating whether HT is enabled,
instead of duplicating the function call with
different arguments.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
When first configuring the rate policy, before auth,
we still don't have the correct rates that were
agreed during association.
Reconfigure the rate policy on association in order
to update them.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The supported_rates field should contain all our supported
rates, even if the remote peer doesn't support them.
(rename CONF_TX_AP_ENABLED_RATES to CONF_TX_ENABLED_RATES,
as we now use it for both ap and sta)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
The default ps mode of the fw is auto, while the default
ps mode of mac80211 is active (ps off).
In order to sync them, configure active ps on association.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Use the sta_state notifications to ROC when a station
is about to connect, and CROC respectively on
authorization (success) / deletion (failure).
Change the wl12xx_update_sta_state() flow to bail out
only on error, so multiple code blocks could refer
to the same state.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Add some basic chanctx implementation - debug prints,
and save the vif's channel/band/type.
After that, we no longer need to handle channel change
notifications on op_config.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
We care only about the operational channel, not
about the temporal hw channel (which won't have
any real meaning in multi-channel env anyway)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
implement the reamin_on_channel() callback by starting
a dev role (already associated with the current vif)
on the requested channel/band.
This channel is usually different from the channel
of the sta role, so pass it to wl12xx_roc() as well,
and notify mac80211 (async) when the fw is ready
on the new channel.
Now, in case of offchannel tx, we should use the dev
role hlid, instead of the sta hlid.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
for some reason, the wl12xx fw is not able to rx/tx
on the first start_sta cmd.
Workaround it by issuing a dummy start_sta + stop_sta
before starting the sta for the final time.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Make the connection flow simpler by starting
sta role on bssid change.
Currently, we start dev role when going idle-off,
and start the sta role only after association
indication. This complicates the connection
flow with some possible intermediate states.
Make it simpler by starting sta role on bssid change,
which now happens *before* auth req get sent.
Update the handling of mac80211's notifications
and change wl1271_join/unjoin accordingly -
* Split wl1271_join() into wlcore_join (tuning on
a channel/bssid) and wlcore_set_assoc (configure
sta after association).
* Rename wl1271_unjoin() to wlcore_unset_assoc(), as
it is no longer the inversion of wl1271_join()
(now it's only used to disconnect associated sta /
joined ibss, without stopping the role).
* Set ssid before starting station role (needed for
start_role(sta)
While on it, split wl1271_bss_info_changed_sta() into
some sub-functions.
since we no longer use dev role in the connection flow,
we now always use the hlid of the sta role.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
This patch contains updates to firmware/hardware header files shared
between csiostor and cxgb4/cxgb4vf, and the resulting changes to the
cxgb4/cxgb4vf source files.
Signed-off-by: Naresh Kumar Inna <naresh@chelsio.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
The Common Platform Time Sync function of the CPSW does not depend the
CPSW configuration option as it should. This patch fixes the issue by
adding the dependency.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many new feauture have been introduced in the driver:
ethtool coalesce options, Rx HW watchdog... so this patch updates the
driver's version.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is to get/set the tx/rx coalesce parameters
via ethtool interface.
Tests have been done on several platform with different GMAC chips w/o and w/
RX watchdog feature.
V2: reject coalesce settings that are not supported.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GMAC devices newer than databook 3.40 has an embedded timer
that can be used for mitigating the number of interrupts.
So this patch adds this optimizations.
At any rate, the Rx watchdog can be disable (on bugged HW) by
passing from the platform the riwt_off field.
In this implementation the rx timer stored in the Reg9 is fixed
to the max value. This will be tuned by using ethtool.
V2: added a platform parameter to force to disable the rx-watchdog
for example on new core where it is bugged.
V3: do not disable NAPI when Rx watchdog is used.
V4: a new extra statistic field has been added to show the early
receive status in the interrupt handler.
This patch also adds an extra check to avoid to call
napi_schedule when the DMA_INTR_ENA_RIE bit is disabled in the
Interrupt Mask register.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new schema used for mitigating the
number of transmit interrupts.
It is based on a SW timer and a threshold value.
The timer is used to periodically call the stmmac_tx_clean
function; the threshold is used for setting the IC (Interrupt
on Completion bit). The ISR will then invoke the poll method.
Also the patch improves some ethtool stat fields.
V2: review the logic to manage the IC bit in the TDESC
that was bugged because it didn't take care about the
fragments. Also fix the tx_count_frames that has not to be
limited to TX DMA ring. Thanks to Ben Hutchings.
V3: removed the spin_lock irqsave/restore as D. Miller suggested.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TIMER option is not longer supported and this
code can be considered dead for this driver in
the new kernel series.
In fact, It was not updated at all and never used.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch puts the correct method name, tun_do_read, in a debug message.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 82167cb8c6 ('net: dsa/slave: Fix
compilation warnings') fixed one possible invalid configuration
(NET_DSA enabled with no trailer formats) but added others: drivers
can select NET_DSA without its dependencies being met.
It's not very useful to make either the DSA core or the tagging
formats manually selectable without a driver to use them, so:
1. Define a hidden HAVE_NET_DSA option and move the dependencies of
NET_DSA to that. While we're at it, drop the deprecated
EXPERIMENTAL dependency.
2. Make NET_DSA and the drivers dependent on HAVE_NET_DSA.
3. Hide the tagging format options again.
4. Make drivers select both NET_DSA and the appropriate tagging format
option.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The skb->tstamp is set to the hardware timestamp when available in the USB
urb message. This leads to user visible timestamps which contain the 'uptime'
of the USB adapter - and not the usual system generated timestamp.
Fix this wrong assignment by applying the available hardware timestamp to the
skb_shared_hwtstamps data structure - which is intended for this purpose.
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The LMAC API states that the TSF clock value of
every rx'ed frame is a "usec accurate timestamp
of the hardware clock at the end of frame
(before OFDM SIFS EOF padding)".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The vendor radiotap patch added a few fields to
struct ieee80211_rx_status that need to be zero,
initialize the struct instead of using whatever
was left on the stack.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@adurom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The vendor radiotap patch added a few fields to
struct ieee80211_rx_status that need to be zero,
initialize the struct instead of using whatever
was left on the stack.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding __printf helps spot format and argument mismatches.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ConnectX-3 devices can use either 64- or 32-byte completion queue
entries (CQEs) and event queue entries (EQEs). Using 64-byte
EQEs/CQEs performs better because each entry is aligned to a complete
cacheline. This patch queries the HCA's capabilities, and if it
supports 64-byte CQEs and EQES the driver will configure the HW to
work in 64-byte mode.
The 32-byte vs 64-byte mode is global per HCA and not per CQ or EQ.
Since this mode is global, userspace (libmlx4) must be updated to work
with the configured CQE size, and guests using SR-IOV virtual
functions need to know both EQE and CQE size.
In case one of the 64-byte CQE/EQE capabilities is activated, the
patch makes sure that older guest drivers that use the QUERY_DEV_FUNC
command (e.g as done in mlx4_core of Linux 3.3..3.6) will notice that
they need an update to be able to work with the PPF. This is done by
changing the returned pf_context_behaviour not to be zero any more. In
case none of these capabilities is activated that value remains zero
and older guest drivers can run OK.
The SRIOV related flow is as follows
1. the PPF does the detection of the new capabilities using
QUERY_DEV_CAP command.
2. the PPF activates the new capabilities using INIT_HCA.
3. the VF detects if the PPF activated the capabilities using
QUERY_HCA, and if this is the case activates them for itself too.
Note that the VF detects that it must be aware to the new PF behaviour
using QUERY_FUNC_CAP. Steps 1 and 2 apply also for native mode.
User space notification is done through a new field introduced in
struct mlx4_ib_ucontext which holds device capabilities for which user
space must take action. This changes the binary interface so the ABI
towards libmlx4 exposed through uverbs is bumped from 3 to 4 but only
when **needed** i.e. only when the driver does use 64-byte CQEs or
future device capabilities which must be in sync by user space. This
practice allows to work with unmodified libmlx4 on older devices (e.g
A0, B0) which don't support 64-byte CQEs.
In order to keep existing systems functional when they update to a
newer kernel that contains these changes in VF and userspace ABI, a
module parameter enable_64b_cqe_eqe must be set to enable 64-byte
mode; the default is currently false.
Signed-off-by: Eli Cohen <eli@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
The frequencies will be printed when actually
doing the scan, and the IEs can be captured
on the hwsim0 monitor.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the number of channels is > 1, which means that
hwsim will use mac80211 channel contexts, it can
also advertise VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge my own merge branch to get various fixes from there
and upstream, especially the hvc console tty refcouting fixes
which which testing is quite a bit harder...
Avoid any possible message logging interleaving by adding
missing newlines.
Align arguments.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently when none of CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_DSA, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_EDSA and
CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER is defined, we get following compilation warnings:
net/dsa/slave.c:51:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_init' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:60:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_open' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:98:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_close' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:116:13: warning: 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:127:13: warning: 'dsa_slave_set_rx_mode' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:136:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_set_mac_address' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
net/dsa/slave.c:164:12: warning: 'dsa_slave_ioctl' defined but not used [-Wunused-function]
Earlier approach to fix this was discussed here:
lkml.org/lkml/2012/10/29/549
This is another approach to fix it. This is done by some changes in config
options, which make more sense than the earlier approach. As, atleast one
tagging option must always be selected for using net/dsa/ infrastructure, this
patch selects NET_DSA from tagging configs instead of having it as an selectable
config.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recovery doesn't work too well if we leave interrupts disabled...
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for byte queue limits on RTL8139C+
Tested on real hardware.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Acked-By: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes (for me) a regression introduced by commit b01af457 ("8139cp:
set ring address before enabling receiver"). That commit configured the
descriptor ring addresses earlier in the initialisation sequence, in
order to avoid the possibility of triggering stray DMA before the
correct address had been set up.
Unfortunately, it seems that the hardware will scribble garbage into the
TxRingAddr registers when we enable "plus mode" Tx in the CpCmd
register. Observed on a Traverse Geos router board.
To deal with this, while not reintroducing the problem which led to the
original commit, we augment cp_start_hw() to write to the CpCmd register
*first*, then set the descriptor ring addresses, and then finally to
enable Rx and Tx in the original 8139 Cmd register. The datasheet
actually indicates that we should enable Tx/Rx in the Cmd register
*before* configuring the descriptor addresses, but that would appear to
re-introduce the problem that the offending commit b01af457 was trying
to solve. And this variant appears to work fine on real hardware.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [3.5+]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit b26623dab7.
This reverts the revert, in net-next we'll try another scheme
to fix this bug using patches from David Woodhouse.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/tx.c
Minor iwlwifi conflict in TX queue disabling between 'net', which
removed a bogus warning, and 'net-next' which added some status
register poking code.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add information to the DMA Configuration Register to
maximize system performance:
- rx/tx packet buffer full memory size
- allow possibility to use INCR16 if supported
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
this will allow to detect the link between the switch and the soc
Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On BE2 chip, an interrupt being raised even when EQ is in un-armed state has
been observed a few times. This is not expected and has never been
observed on BE3/Lancer chips.
As a consequence, be_msix()::events_get() and be_poll()::events_get()
can race and notify an EQ wrongly causing a CEV UE. The other possible
side-effect would be traffic stalling because after notifying EQ,
napi_schedule() is ignored as NAPI is already running.
This patch fixes this issue by counting events only in be_poll().
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes tun_get_iff() prototype to return void as it never fails.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix bug where a register which was only meant to be read in 578xx/57712
devices causes a bogus error message to be logged when read from other
devices.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits out the logic for entering suspend modes
to separate functions, to reduce the complexity of the
smsc95xx_suspend function.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables LAN9500 family devices to wake from suspend
on either link up or link down events
It also adds _nopm versions of mdio access functions, so we can
safely call them from suspend and resume functions
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of storing the number of wake-up frame filter registers
in the pdata structure, this patch changes the driver to detect
the type of device we have and store its available features.
The new two features will be used in future patches.
This patch is intended to have no change in behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
without this patch the two lines below won't ever execute
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts b01af4579e.
The original patch was tested with emulated hardware. Real
hardware chokes.
Fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=47041
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that only the first fragment in a series of fragments
will have the L4 header pulled. Previously we were always pulling the L4
header as well and in the case of UDP this can harm performance since only the
first fragment will have the header, the rest just contain data which should
be left in the paged portion of the packet.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Historically, we've been using the APME bit to determine whether a device
supports wake on a given port or not. However, this bit specifies the
default wake setting, rather than the wake support. Change the behavior so
that we use a flag to keep the capabilities separate from the enablement
while meeting customer requirements.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Update the filters to be more consistent with what the driver wants to do.
For example, for devices that timestamp all packets, report that the filter
is set for timestamping all packets.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was a bitwise operation error in the fdb_add block
that was only allowing FDB types that were not permanent.
This was the opposite of the intent because the hardware
never ages out address these are the _only_ type of addrs
that should be allowed.
This was missed because until recently iproute2 did not
set any bit for this by default. And our test code to
manage FDB entries on embedded devices similarly did not
set these bits.
I am going to chalk this up as a bug and fix it now.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch enables ethtool to correctly identify flow control (pause
frame) auto negotiation, as well as disallow enabling it when it is not
supported. The ixgbe_device_supports_autoneg_fc function is exported and
used for this purpose.
There is also one minor cleanup of the device_supports_autoneg_fc by
removing an unnecessary return statement.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes the queuing that was previously done for L4 packets
as it is not needed. The filter does not provide functionality, and it
is possible that queue setup here could trample settings done else-where
in the driver. (for example it may use a queue which isn't setup.)
Setting of the queue is not required for hardware timestamping and could
have inadverdent side effects.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes a magic number that was used for the ETQF used for
filtering L2 ptp packets and replaces it with the supplied define that
previously existed. The intent is to clarify that this filter is already
set aside for L2 1588 work.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This removes an open coded simple_open() function and
replaces file operations references to the function
with simple_open() instead.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reformats the output of the Tx/Rx descriptor dumps to more
appropriately align the output of the ixgbe_dump and improve readability.
Prevents empty Tx descriptors from being displayed to decrease the size
of the dump and make it more manageable.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.o
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.c: In function ‘rtl8723ae_rx_query_desc’:
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.c:324:21: error: ‘RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU’ undeclared (first use in this function)
drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.c:324:21: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
make[3]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/rtlwifi/rtl8723ae/trx.o] Error 1
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
One of the debug macro invocations ended up with a stray 0 argument
where the format string should be. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixes sparse warning:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/main.c:308:10: sparse: symbol 'wlc_prio2prec_map' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The 'stations' debugfs file has multiple issues. It doesn't scale
to an arbitrary number of associated stations and allocating
64K is not elegant either. Now that changes have been made in
mac80211 to support dynamic creation/deletion of driver-specific
debugfs files on station addition/removal, remove this file and
make use of the mac80211 hooks (which will be done in a sebsequent
patch).
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the rate statistics only when debugfs has been enabled
in ath9k and mac80211 and move the stat() functions under proper
conditionals.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove the rate control statistics debugfs file properly
via remove_sta_debugfs(). Also, check for both MAC80211_DEBUGFS
and ATH9K_DEBUGFS config options.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The 'xmit' debugfs file has become big and unwieldy, fix
multiple issues with its usage:
* Store TX counters/statistics only for the 4 Access Categories.
Use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS instead of ATH9K_NUM_TX_QUEUES.
* Move various utility macros to debug.h, they can be reused
elsewhere.
* Remove tx_complete_poll_work_seen.
* Remove code that accesses various internal queue-specific
variables without any locking whatsoever. HW/SW queue details
will be handled in a subsequent patch.
* Do not print internal values like txq_headidx and txq_headidx.
They were mostly unused anyway, considering code like:
PRX("txq_tailidx: ", txq_headidx);
* Handle 'txprocdesc' for EDMA too.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the macros provided by mac80211 and remove redundant
declarations inside the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move regulatory domain initialization code to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On lower WLAN signal strength, WLAN downlink traffic might suffer
from retransmissions. At the mean time, playing SCO/A2DP profiles
is affecting WLAN stability. In such scenario, by stomping SCO/A2DP
BT traffic completely for a BTCOEX period, gives WLAN traffic an
oppertunity to recover PHY rate. It also improves WLAN stability at
lower RSSI without sacificing BT traffic.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch reverts the commit "ath9k_hw: Wait BT calibration to complete"
and bail out from MCI interrupt routine for chip reset. The above commit
stalls the WLAN TCP traffic while bringing up and down the BT interface
iteratively. Fixing this properly by queueing up chip reset and bailing
out properly from tasklet routine.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
FATAL and WATCHDOG interrupts should be processed first followed
by others.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The thing is that team_dev_queue_xmit() returns NET_XMIT_* or -E*.
bc_trasmit() should return true in case all went well. So use ! to get
correct retval from team_dev_queue_xmit() result.
This bug caused iface statistics to be badly computed.
This bug was introduced by:
team: add broadcast mode (5fc889911a)
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch sets the lowest gso_max_size and gso_max_segs values of the slave devices during enslave and detach.
Signed-off-by: Sarveshwar Bandi <sarveshwar.bandi@emulex.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An SKB paged fragment can consist of a compound page with order > 0.
However the netchannel protocol deals only in PAGE_SIZE frames.
Handle this in xennet_make_frags by iterating over the frames which
make up the page.
This is the netfront equivalent to 6a8ed462f1 for netback.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: xen-devel@lists.xen.org
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad@kernel.org>
Cc: ANNIE LI <annie.li@oracle.com>
Cc: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
Cc: Stefan Bader <stefan.bader@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is a batch of fixes intended for 3.7...
Included are two pulls. Regarding the mac80211 tree, Johannes says:
"Please pull my mac80211.git tree (see below) to get two more fixes for
3.7. Both fix regressions introduced *before* this cycle that weren't
noticed until now, one for IBSS not cleaning up properly and the other
to add back the "wireless" sysfs directory for Fedora's startup scripts."
Regarding the iwlwifi tree, Johannes says:
"Please also pull my iwlwifi.git tree, I have two fixes: one to remove a
spurious warning that can actually trigger in legitimate situations, and
the other to fix a regression from when monitor mode was changed to use
the "sniffer" firmware mode."
Also included is an nfc tree pull. Samuel says:
"We mostly have pn533 fixes here, 2 memory leaks and an early unlocking fix.
Moreover, we also have an LLCP adapter linked list insertion fix."
On top of that, a few more bits... Albert Pool adds a USB ID
to rtlwifi. Bing Zhao provides two mwifiex fixes -- one to fix
a system hang during a command timeout, and the other to properly
report a suspend error to the MMC core. Finally, Sujith Manoharan
fixes a thinko that would trigger an ath9k hang during device reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a copy paste error in iwl_calc_basic_rates which leads
to a wrong calculation of CCK basic rates.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mvneta_deinit() can be called from the ->probe() hook in the error
path, so it shouldn't be marked as __devexit. It fixes the following
section mismatch warning:
WARNING: vmlinux.o(.devinit.text+0x239c): Section mismatch in reference
from the function mvneta_probe() to the function .devexit.text:mvneta_deinit()
The function __devinit mvneta_probe() references
a function __devexit mvneta_deinit().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Now that the Armada 370/XP platform has gained proper integration with
the clock framework, we add clk support in the Marvell Armada 370/XP
Ethernet driver.
Since the existing Device Tree binding that exposes a
'clock-frequency' property has never been exposed in any stable kernel
release, we take the freedom of removing this property to replace it
with the standard 'clocks' clock pointer property.
The Device Tree binding documentation is updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
As reported by checkpatch, the multiline comments for net/ and
drivers/net/ have a slightly different format than the one used in the
rest of the kernel, so we adjust our multiline comments accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
As reported by checkpatch, the multiline comments for net/ and
drivers/net/ have a slightly different format than the one used in the
rest of the kernel, so we adjust our multiline comment accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
As suggested by checkpatch, using <linux/delay.h> instead of
<asm/delay.h> is appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Commit 71c6c837 (drivers/net: fix tasklet misuse issue) introduced a
build failure in the xilinx driver. axienet_dma_err_handler isn't
declared before its use in axienet_open.
This patch provides the prototype before axienet_open.
Cc: Xiaotian Feng <dannyfeng@tencent.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use &port->netdev->dev instead of NULL since dma_pool_create() doesn't
allow NULL dev.
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use &port->netdev->dev instead of NULL since dma_pool_create() doesn't
allow NULL dev.
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <xi.wang@gmail.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids build failures on some architectures...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
These messages clutter up the trace buffer without adding any useful
information.
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the brcmsmac_tx trace system for tx debugging. Existing code to dump
tx status and descriptors are converted to using tracepoints, allowing
for more efficient collection and post-processing of this data. These
tracepoints are placed to collect data for all tx frames instead of only
on errors. Logging of tx errors is also improved.
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also convert relevant messages to use this macro.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also convert relevant messages to use this macro.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also convert relevant message to use this macro.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also convert relevant messages over to use thses macros.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This macro is used for messages related to the 802.11 MAC layer.
Relevant messages are also converted to use this macro.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Convert most uses of wiphy_* and pr_* for general error and debug
messages to use the internal debug macros instead. Most code used only
for initialization still use wiphy_err(), as well as some locations
which are executed too early to use the debug macros. Some debug
messages which are redundant or not useful are removed.
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new brcmsmac_msg trace system to enable writing of debug messages
to the trace buffer, and add brcms_* macros for storing device debug
messages in the trace buffer in addition to the printk log buffer.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The debug level can be set by passing debug=... to brcmsmac whenever
CONFIG_BRCMDBG is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In preparation for enhancements to debug and trace support, convert the
message levels to debug levels which will be used for enabling
categories of debug messages. The two message levels are little-used
anyway and are combined into the BRCM_DL_INFO debug level.
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the runtime overhead of trace support is small when tracing is
disabled, users may be interested in turning on trace support while
leaving other debug features off. Add a new config option named
CONFIG_BRCM_TRACING for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently up to 256 frames can be queued for each DMA ring. This is
excessive, and now that we have better flow control we can get by with
less. Experimentation has shown 64 to work well.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nextrxd() is calling txd(), which means that the tx descriptor count is
used to determine when to wrap for determining the next ring buffer
entry. This has worked so far since the driver has been using the same
number of rx and tx descriptors, but it's obviously going to be a
problem if different numbers of descriptors are used.
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The brcmsmac internal tx buffering is problematic. The amount of
buffering is excessive (228 packets in addition to the 256 slots in each
DMA ring), and frames may be dropped due to a lack of flow control.
This patch reworks the transmit code path to remove the internal
buffering. Frames are immediately handed off to the DMA support rather
than passing through an intermediate queue. Non-aggregate frames are
queued immediately into the tx rings, and aggregate frames are queued
temporarily in an AMPDU session until ready for transmit.
Transmit flow control is also added to avoid dropping packets when the
tx rings are full. Conceptually this is a separate change, but it's
included in this commit because removing the tx queue without adding
flow control could cause significant problems.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac80211 tx queues and brcmsmac DMA fifos both map directly to AC
levels. Therefore it's much more straightforward to queue tx frames and
choose the tx fifo based on the mac80211 queue instead of mapping 802.1D
priority tags to precedence levels then back to AC levels. mac80211
already maps the 802.1D levels to the appropriate AC levels and queues
management frames at the maximum priority, so the results should be
identical.
One functional change resulting from this patch is that AMPDU retries no
longer get a priority boost to queue them ahead of packets with the same
priority already in the tx queue. This behavior will be restored (in
effect at least) in a later patch when the tx queue is removed.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Functions for flow control exist but remain unimplemented. Remove these
in advance of adding real flow control.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use this helper function rather than open-coding the same calculation in
multiple places.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
According to the comments this "reduces rate lag," but in reality the
only way this value is used is for determining whether or not any frames
remain to be transmitted. Therefore there's no reason for AMPDU packets
to receive any weighting.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
AMPDU session allows MPDUs to be temporarily queued until either a full
AMPDU has been collected or circumstances dictate that transmission
should start with a partial AMPDU. Packets are added to the session by
calling brcms_c_ampdu_add_frame(). brcms_c_ampdu_finalize() should be
called to fix up the tx headers in the first and last packet before
adding the packets to the DMA ring. brmcs_c_sendampdu() is converted to
using AMPDU sessions.
This patch has no real value on it's own, but is needed in preparation
for elimination of the tx packet queue from brcmsmac.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Wagner <wagi@monom.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without this udev doesn't have a way to key the ne device to the platform
device.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides extensions to VXLAN for supporting Distributed
Overlay Virtual Ethernet (DOVE) networks. The patch includes:
+ a dove flag per VXLAN device to enable DOVE extensions
+ ARP reduction, whereby a bridge-connected VXLAN tunnel endpoint
answers ARP requests from the local bridge on behalf of
remote DOVE clients
+ route short-circuiting (aka L3 switching). Known destination IP
addresses use the corresponding destination MAC address for
switching rather than going to a (possibly remote) router first.
+ netlink notification messages for forwarding table and L3 switching
misses
Changes since v2
- combined bools into "u32 flags"
- replaced loop with !is_zero_ether_addr()
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various drivers depend on INET because they used to select INET_LRO,
but they have all been converted to use GRO which has no such
dependency.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 2cb1deb56f ('ehea: Remove LRO
support') left behind the Kconfig depends/select and feature flag.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit fa37a9586f ('mlx4_en: Moving to
work with GRO') left behind the Kconfig depends/select, some dead
code and comments referring to LRO.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ndo_validate_addr is set to the generic eth_validate_addr
function there is no point in calling is_valid_ether_addr
from driver ndo_open if ndo_open is not used elsewhere in
the driver.
With this change is_valid_ether_addr will be called from the
generic eth_validate_addr function. So there should be no change
in the actual behavior.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the mdio-gpio driver is probed via device trees, the platform
device id is set as -1, However the pdev->id is re-used as bus-id for
while creating mdio gpio bus.
So
For device tree case the mdio-gpio bus name appears as "gpio-ffffffff"
where as
for non-device tree case the bus name appears as "gpio-<bus-num>"
Which means the bus_id is fixed in device tree case, so we can't have
two mdio gpio buses via device trees. Assigning a logical bus number
via device tree solves the problem and the bus name is much consistent
with non-device tree bus name.
Without this patch
1. we can't support two mdio-gpio buses via device trees.
2. we should always pass gpio-ffffffff as bus name to phy_connect, very
different to non-device tree bus name.
So, setting up the bus_id via aliases from device tree is the right
solution and other drivers do similar thing.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Kandagatla <srinivas.kandagatla@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move to circular buffers management macro and correct an error
with circular buffer initial condition.
Without this patch, the macb_tx_ring_avail() function was
not reporting the proper ring availability at startup:
macb macb: eth0: BUG! Tx Ring full when queue awake!
macb macb: eth0: tx_head = 0, tx_tail = 0
And hanginig forever...
I remove the macb_tx_ring_avail() function and use the
proven macros from circ_buf.h. CIRC_CNT() is used in the
"consumer" part of the driver: macb_tx_interrupt() to match
advice from Documentation/circular-buffers.txt.
Reported-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow an unpriviled user who has created a user namespace, and then
created a network namespace to effectively use the new network
namespace, by reducing capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN) calls to
ns_capable(net->user_ns,CAP_NET_ADMIN) calls.
Allow setting of the tun iff flags.
Allow creating of tun devices.
Allow adding a new queue to a tun device.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debugfs file for dumping btcoex parameters unconditionally
assumes a MCI-based device. This will not work for older btcoex
chips. Fix this by branching out the routine into separate
functions.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit "ath9k: improve suspend/resume reliability" broke ath9k_htc
and bringing up the device would hang indefinitely. Fix this.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).
Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow to reduce slightly the number of interrupts
without sacrificing too much the latency in the Rx path.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is not used outside pcie/rx.c.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When software crypto is enabled, it isn't safe
to enable MFP since the firmware interprets some
management packets, and with MFP it would do so
without proper validation.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
One one just a wrapper of the second, squash them.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename static functions. Function moved from trans.c to
tx.c. A few could be made static, others had to be exported.
Functions that implement the transport API are prefixed by
iwl_trans_pcie_, the others by iwl_pcie_.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Functions that implement the transport API are prefixed by
iwl_trans_pcie_, the others by iwl_pcie_.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename static functions. Function moved from trans.c to
rx.c. A few could be made static, others had to be exported.
Also, don't use rxb or rxbuf, but rb which stands for receive
buffer.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
1) s/tx_queue/txq
for the sake of consistency.
2) s/rx_queue/rxq
for the sake of consistency.
3) Make all functions begin with iwl_pcie_
iwl_queue_init and iwl_queue_space are an exception
since they are not PCIE specific although they are in
pcie subdir.
4) s/trans_pcie_get_cmd_string/get_cmd_string
it is much shorter and used in debug prints which
are long lines.
5) s/iwl_bg_rx_replenish/iwl_pcie_rx_replenish_work
this better emphasizes that it is a work
6) remove invalid kernelDOC markers
pcie/tx.c and pcie/trans.c still needs to be cleaned up.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
"Asynchronous" is misspelled in some comments. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
"Whether" is misspelled in various comments across the tree; this
fixes them. No code changes.
Signed-off-by: Adam Buchbinder <adam.buchbinder@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Leftover of 57d6d456cf ("sis900: stop
using net_device.{base_addr, irq} and convert to __iomem.").
It is needed for suspend / resume to work.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Tested-by: Jan Janssen <medhefgo@web.de>
Cc: Daniele Venzano <venza@brownhat.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This can happen when we shut down suddenly an interface.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: warning: cast removes address space of expression
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different address spaces)
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: expected void volatile [noderef] <asn:2>*addr
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: got void *<noident>
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: warning: cast removes address space of expression
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: warning: incorrect type in argument 1 (different address spaces)
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: expected void const volatile [noderef] <asn:2>*addr
qlcnic_hw.c:1337:17: got void *<noident>
The above warnings are originating from the macros QLCNIC_RD_DUMP_REG and
QLCNIC_WR_DUMP_REG.
The warnings are fixed and macros are replaced with equivalent functions
in the only file from where it is called.
The following warnings are fixed by making the functions static.
qlcnic_hw.c:543:5: warning: symbol 'qlcnic_set_fw_loopback' was not declared. Should it be static?
qlcnic_init.c:1853:6: warning: symbol 'qlcnic_process_rcv_diag' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following warnings:
qlcnic_main.c: In function 'qlcnic_update_cmd_producer':
qlcnic_main.c:119:51: warning: unused parameter 'adapter' [-Wunused-parameter]
qlcnic_main.c:119: warning: unused parameter adapter
qlcnic_init.c: In function qlcnic_process_lro
qlcnic_init.c:1586: warning: unused parameter sds_ring
qlcnic_init.c: In function qlcnic_process_rcv_diag
qlcnic_init.c:1854: warning: unused parameter sds_ring
qlcnic_init.c: In function qlcnic_fetch_mac
qlcnic_init.c:1938: warning: unused parameter adapter
warning: 'pci_using_dac' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
qlcnic_main.c:1569:10: note: 'pci_using_dac' was declared here
Signed-off-by: Sony Chacko <sony.chacko@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit a24006ed12 ('ptp: Enable clock
drivers along with associated net/PHY drivers') I wrongly made
PTP_1588_CLOCK_PCH depend on PCH_GBE. The dependency is really the
other way around. Therefore make PCH_GBE select PTP_1588_CLOCK_PCH
and remove the 'default y' from the latter.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes addrexceeded member from vxlan_dev struct as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When host_sleep_config command fails we should return error to
MMC core to indicate the failure for our device.
The misspelled variable is also removed as it's redundant.
Cc: "3.0+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported by Tim Shepard:
I was seeing sporadic failures (wedgeups), and the majority of those
failures I saw printed the printouts in mwifiex_cmd_timeout_func with
cmd = 0xe5 which is CMD_802_11_HS_CFG_ENH. When this happens, two
minutes later I get notified that the rtcwake thread is blocked, like
this:
INFO: task rtcwake:3495 blocked for more than 120 seconds.
To get the hung thread unblocked we wake up the cmd wait queue and
cancel the ioctl.
Cc: "3.4+" <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Reported-by: Tim Shepard <shep@laptop.org>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is an ISY IWL 2000. Probably a clone of Belkin F7D1102 050d:1102.
Its FCC ID is the same.
Signed-off-by: Albert Pool <albertpool@solcon.nl>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2484 Mhz (Japan) usage requires filter coefficients to
be programmed in the CCK TX FIR registers. This is required
for AR9331, AR9485 and AR9462. Fix this and also remove
a few useless macros and a duplicate variable.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The driver doesn't use any lib80211 symbols
so it shouldn't select it in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using eth_zero_addr() to assign zero address insetad of
memset() or an inefficient copy from a static array.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unnecessary if statements because libipw_set_geo always
returns success. Also change function's return value from int
to void.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Removing obsolete functions and prototypes. Moving (and renaming)
defines to place with similar definitions. Removing unnecessary
includes.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When debug is turned on for fwil then the whole data buffer is
dumped. In some cases this gives excessive amount of debug. With
this patch the dumps are limited to 64 bytes.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On sdio module unload followed by load (without removing the
device) the access window should be moved back to enumeration
space. Force this by removing initialisation of sbwad during
probe.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcmf_ops_sdio_probe used the private_date func->card->dev to
store device data of brcmfmac sdio. This is not a good place to
store the data. Use dev of func and use func->card->sdio_func
to group the functions the driver is using.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
on sdio remove the bus_if should be configured for close, so
new data from higher layers will be blocked. Also the access
to bus_if in the watchdog should be checked for null pointer
access on sdio remove.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
when brcmf_sdbrcm_probe_attach results in error then cleanup
will result in null pointer access. In brcmf_sdbrcm_release and
in brcmf_ops_sdio_remove. This patch fixes order of init and
de-init.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In brcmf_sdbrcm_probe only error ELINK is seen as error. However
brcmf_bus_start can return many more error codes and all should
result in failed init of driver.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IF event need special care. It can be either an ADD, DEL, or
CHANGE. For an ADD we need to call brcmf_add_if() before the
event handler call. Upon a DEL we need to call brcmf_del_if()
after the event handler call. CHANGE does not require special
attention.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Firmware fires IF event to add the primary interface but that
is already created in the driver.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replaced <linux/unaligned/access_ok.h> by <asm/unaligned.h>
to make it work on ARM and other architectures.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcmf_fweh_detach can be called while ifp is already NULL, due to
init error. Fix NULL pointer access by checking ifp.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac_addr field in ifp object is always valid so no need to
validate.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_add_if() is called with mac address set to NULL
for the primary interface. When handling IF ADD events the firmware
provides a address mask in the event to derive its mac address from
the primary mac address. Rename the parameter and use it as a mask.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Testing revealed the IF ADD event contains the interface
index of the new interface. This would result in a NULL
pointer access when handling the event.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
virtual netdevice interface like P2P client and GO need
different callbacks for .open and .down. This patch adds
those.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The brcmf_add_if() function had a struct device as parameter
to accomodate the bus specific code to use this function. The
driver has been reworked so the bus specific code does not need
this function. Better replace the parameter with a more specific
driver object, ie. struct brcmf_pub.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for usb suspend/resume.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean code related to firmware download routines. Remove obsolete
delay and increase delay after reset command.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Handling of firmware event has been reworked into a seperate
code file. The change is needed as firmware event can be received
in interrupt context. Decoupling of the event handling has been
lowered to allow event processing to sleep.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
'|' has higher precedence than ?:. Since AR5K_PHY_TURBO_MODE is 0x1 and
"AR5K_PHY_TURBO_MODE | (ah->ah_radio == AR5K_RF2425)" is true then we
always set turbo to zero.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the code by make use of module_platform_driver macro.
Signed-off-by: Syam Sidhardhan <s.syam@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The workaround for ASPM/L0s is needed only for AR9485 1.0,
which was never sold and is not supported by ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
An issue is reported in AR9462 & AR9565 that NF_cal_not_done is
not observed when HW peak detector calibration is disabled. At that
state, the HW is stuck at NF calibration which prevents tx output.
The root cause is wrong peak detector offset calibrated by HW. To
resolve this issue, peak detector calibration is done manually by SW
for AR9462 and AR9565.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware supports 8 macid's corresponding to 8 BSS that can be
created in an MBSS environment. Currently, BASTREAM commands were always
sent with macid 0. This macid is used to configure the hardware ampdu
registers with appropriate BSS address in an MBSS environment.
This mac address is used by the hardware for various ampdu related requirements
e.g. source address in BAR generation, BA interpretation e.t.c.
Using invalid macid results in this mac address not getting appropriately
configured in the hardware which results in issues during ampdu traffic.
Fix this by sending the BASTREAM commands with appropriate macid.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 5% width tolerance for radar patterns defined by ETSI.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to check whether unsigned variable is less than 0.
CC: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Tushar Behera <tushar.behera@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
The return value of wait_for_completion_timeout() is always
>= 0 with unsigned int type.
So the condition "ret < 0" or "ret >= 0" is pointless.
Signed-off-by: liu chuansheng <chuansheng.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
In corner case for wl12xx_spi_raw_write() when
len == SPI_AGGR_BUFFER_SIZE
we don't setup correctly spi transfer_list.
Next we will have garbage and strange errors
reported by SPI framework (eg. wrong speed_hz,
failed to transfer one message from queue)
when iterate transfer_list.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
This config item has not carried much meaning for a while now and is
almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the Linux kernel
summit, remove it.
CC: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
CC: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
platform_device_unregister() only calls platform_device_del() and
platform_device_put(), thus use platform_device_unregister() to
simplify the code.
Also the documents in platform.c shows that platform_device_del
and platform_device_put must _only_ be externally called in error
cases. All other usage is a bug.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
platform_device_unregister() only calls platform_device_del() and
platform_device_put(), thus use platform_device_unregister() to
simplify the code.
Also the documents in platform.c shows that platform_device_del
and platform_device_put must _only_ be externally called in error
cases. All other usage is a bug.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
The function wl12xx_set_power_on is only called twice, once in
wl12xx_chip_wakeup and once in wl12xx_get_hw_info. On the failure of the
call in wl12xx_chip_wakeup, the containing function just returns, but on
the failure of the call in wl12xx_get_hw_info, the containing function
calls wl1271_power_off. This does not seem necessary, because if
wl12xx_set_power_on has set the power on and then fails, it has already
turned the power off.
A simplified version of the semantic match that finds this problem is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier f,free,a;
parameter list[n] ps;
type T;
expression e;
@@
f(ps,T a,...) {
... when any
when != a = e
if(...) { ... free(a); ... return ...; }
... when any
}
@@
identifier r.f,r.free;
expression x,a;
expression list[r.n] xs;
@@
* x = f(xs,a,...);
if (...) { ... free(a); ... return ...; }
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luca@coelho.fi>
Just use WARN_ON rather than an if containing only WARN_ON(1).
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this transformation
is as follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression e;
@@
- if (e) WARN_ON(1);
+ WARN_ON(e);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Power Save Enabled : REC_POWER - conserve power
without sacrificing performance.
Power Save Disabled : MAX_PERF_POWER - maximum
performance at the expense of power.
Hence fix the debug message.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch contains a new network driver for the network unit of the
ARM Marvell Armada 370 and the Armada XP. Both SoCs use the PJ4B
processor, a Marvell-developed ARM core that implements the ARMv7
instruction set.
Compared to previous ARM Marvell SoCs (Kirkwood, Orion, Discovery),
the network unit in Armada 370 and Armada XP is highly different. This
is the reason why this new 'mvneta' driver is needed, while the older
ARM Marvell SoCs use the 'mv643xx_eth' driver.
Here is an overview of the most important hardware changes that
require a new, specific, driver for the network unit of Armada 370/XP:
- The new network unit has a completely different design and layout
for the RX and TX descriptors. They are now organized as a simple
array (each RX and TX queue has base address and size of this
array) rather than a linked list as in the old SoCs.
- The new network unit has a different RXQ and TXQ management: this
management is done using special read/write counter registers,
while in the Old SocS, it was done using the Ownership bit in RX
and TX descriptors.
- The new network unit has different interrupt registers
- The new network unit way of cleaning of interrupts is not done by
writing to the cause register, but by updating per-queue counters
- The new network unit has different GMAC registers (link, speed,
duplex configuration) and different WRR registers.
- The new network unit has lots of new units like PnC (Parser and
Classifier), PMT, BM (Memory Buffer Management), xPON, and more.
The driver proposed in the current patch only handles the basic
features. Additional hardware features will progressively be supported
as needed.
This code has originally been written by Rami Rosen
<rosenr@marvell.com>, and then reviewed and cleaned up by Thomas
Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a separate driver for the MDIO interface of the
Marvell Ethernet controllers. There are two reasons to have a separate
driver rather than including it inside the MAC driver itself:
*) The MDIO interface is shared by all Ethernet ports, so a driver
must guarantee non-concurrent accesses to this MDIO interface. The
most logical way is to have a separate driver that handles this
single MDIO interface, used by all Ethernet ports.
*) The MDIO interface is the same between the existing mv643xx_eth
driver and the new mvneta driver. Even though it is for now only
used by the mvneta driver, it will in the future be used by the
mv643xx_eth driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As ath6kl firmware can't do intersections the driver should only listen
to regdom changes from cellular base stations, all other requests need to
be refused.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch simply makes the tilegx net driver call request_irq with a
non-null name. It makes the output in /proc/interrupts more obvious, but
also helps tools that don't expect to find null there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Marchi <simon.marchi@polymtl.ca>
Acked-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit "TTY: move tty buffers to tty_port", the tty buffers are
not freed in some drivers. This is because tty_port_destructor is not
called whenever a tty_port is freed. This was an assumption I counted
with but was unfortunately untrue. So fix the drivers to fulfil this
assumption.
To be sure, the TTY buffers (and later some stuff) are gone along with
the tty_port, we have to call tty_port_destroy at tear-down places.
This is mostly where the structure containing a tty_port is freed.
This patch does exactly that -- put tty_port_destroy at those places.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
this pull request is for net-next, for the v3.8 release cycle. Muhammad
Ghias added support another board to the plx_pci sja1000 driver.
Matthias Fuchs improved the esd_usb2 driver with listen-only mode and
CAN-USB/Micro support. Andreas Larsson contributed a driver for the
GRHCAN CAN IP-Core
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch re-enables Energy Detect Power Down (EDPD) mode for the
LAN8710/LAN8720. EDPD mode was disabled in a previous commit,
(b629820d18), because it was causing the
PHY to not be able to detect a link when cold started without a cable
connected.
The LAN8710/LAN8720 requires a minimum of 2 link pulses within 64ms of
each other in order to set the ENERGYON bit and exit EDPD mode. If a
link partner does send the pulses within this interval, the PHY will
remained powered down.
This workaround will manually toggle the PHY on/off upon calls to
read_status in order to generate link test pulses if the link is down.
If a link partner is present, it will respond to the pulses, which will
cause the ENERGYON bit to be set and will cause the EDPD mode to be
exited.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Trantham <patrick.trantham@fuel7.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver supports GRCAN and CRHCAN CAN controllers available in the GRLIB
VHDL IP core library.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The return value of wait_for_completion_timeout() is always
>= 0 with unsigned int type.
So the condition "ret < 0" or "ret >= 0" is pointless.
Signed-off-by: liu chuansheng <chuansheng.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This patch extends the esd_usb2 driver to support the
tiny CAN-USB/Micro CAN/USB interface.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Fuchs <matthias.fuchs@esd.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Patch adds support for CANpro/104-Plus Opto CAN board. Board uses PLX9030
bridge and two NXP SJA1000 CAN controllers. Patch is generated and tested with
kernel 3.6.1.
Signed-off-by: Muhammad Ghias <mghias@connecttech.com>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
[mkl: minor adjustments to commit message]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Add hardware checksum statistic counters to the ring structures and
then during packet processing update those counters instead of the
global counters in the adapter structure. Only update the adapter
structure counters when all other statistics are gathered in the
ixgbevf_update_stats() function.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The spinlocks are not required during reset. There won't be any
contention for the mailbox resource.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function pointers will always be set - there is no good reason to
check them. Also just remove get_bus_info() call as the VF has no bus
info to report.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is unused - remove it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Remove dereference of hw pointer from adapter structure since a pointer
to the hw structure has already been allocated off the stack. Also clean
up useless parenthesis.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Moves allocation of local variable to section where it is needed and
removes unnecessary if statement.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
I am going to use this in the next patch, better to have this code in
one place rather than three.
Signed-off-by: Ian Munsie <imunsie@au1.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Neuling <mikey@neuling.org>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
This reverts commit aa731872f7.
As pointed out by Ben Hutchings, this change is not correct.
mdiobus_unregister() can't be called if the bus isn't registered yet,
however this change can result in situations which cause that to
happen.
Part of the confusion here revolves around the fact that the
callers of this module control registration/unregistration,
rather than the module itself.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move network stack halt APIs before halting the hardware to ensure no
packets are queued to hardware during closing the device during
suspend sequence.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having a host of different register offsets in the device tree,
this patch simplifies the CPSW code by letting the driver set the proper
register offsets automatically, based on the CPSW version.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CPGMAC SubSystem consist of various sub-modules, like, mdio, cpdma,
cpsw, etc... These sub-modules are also used in some of Davinci family
of devices. Now based on requirement, use-case and available technology
nodes the integration of these sub-modules varies across devices.
So coming back to Linux net driver, currently separate and independent
platform devices & drivers for CPSW and MDIO is implemented. In case of
Davinci they both has separate control, from resources perspective,
like clock.
In case of AM33XX, the resources are shared and only one register
bit-field is provided to control module/clock enable/disable, makes it
difficult to handle common resource.
So the solution here implemented in this patch is,
Create parent<->child relationship between both the drivers, making
CPSW as a parent and MDIO as its child and enumerate all the child nodes
under CPSW module.
Both the drivers will function exactly the way it was operating before,
including runtime-pm functionality. No change is required in MDIO driver
(for that matter to any child driver).
As this is only supported during DT boot, the parent<->child relationship
is created and populated in DT execution flow. The only required change
is inside DTS file, making MDIO as a child to CPSW node.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By mistake (most likely a copy-paste), instead of pm_runtime_get_sync()
api, driver is calling pm_runtime_put_sync() api in resume callback
function. The bug was introduced by commit id (ae2c07aaf74:
davinci_mdio: runtime PM support).
Now, the reason why it didn't impact functionality is, the patch has
been tested on AM335x-EVM and BeagleBone platform while submitting;
and in case of AM335x the MDIO driver doesn't control the module
enable/disable part, which is handled by CPSW driver.
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Included is a Bluetooth pull -- Gustavo says:
"These are the Bluetooth bits for inclusion in 3.8, there is basically one big
thing here which is the High Speed patches from Andrei, he did a lot of work on
A2MP and management of AMP devices. The rest are mostly clean up and bug
fixes."
Also included is an NFC pull -- Samuel says:
"With this one we have:
- pn544 p2p support.
- pn544 physical and HCI layers separation. We are getting the pn544 driver
ready to support non i2c physical layers.
- LLCP SNL (Service Name Lookup). This is the NFC p2p service discovery
protocol.
- LLCP datagram sockets (connection less) support.
- IDR library usage for NFC devices indexes assignement.
- NFC netlink extension for setting and getting LLCP link characteristics.
- Various code style fixes and cleanups spread over the pn533, LLCP, HCI and
pn544 code."
There are a couple of mac80211 pulls as well -- Johannes says:
"Please pull my mac80211-next tree to get the first round of new features
for 3.8. We have:
* finally, the mac80211 multi-channel work
* scan improvements:
- bg scan
- scan flush
- forced AP scan
* cfg80211 tracing
* a bit of new code to allow implementing SAE (secure authentication of
equals) in managed mode
Along with a few random improvements, features and fixes."
and...
"Please pull from mac80211-next (per below pull request) to get a few
updates. Most important is probably the fix for the WDS regression that
my previous pull request introduced. Other than that, I have some
tracing code, two mesh updates and a change to allow drivers to
calculate the AES CMAC subkeys without having to implement the GF_mulx
operation themselves."
On top of that are the usual updates to iwlwifi, ath9k, rt2x00,
brcmfmac, mwifiex, and a few others here and there. Of note is the
addition of the ar5523 driver, ported from an original FreeBSD driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
irq_cnt is no longer reliable since rxq_cnt can be independently configured.
Update version to 3.127.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The watchdog will not trigger when the carrier is off when reconfiguring
the device. Because carrier state is now off during reset, we need to
introduce a link_up flag to keep track of link state during PHY setup.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Also refactor the conditional to use the existing tg3_pci_tbl array.
- Set flags in the driver_data field of the pci_device_id structure to
identify these devices.
- Add PCI_DEVICE_SUB() to pci.h to declare PCI 4-part IDs to match these
devices.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The chip ready check added by the commit 3ac3546e [Always wait for
the chip to be ready] does not work when the register read/write
is word swapped. This check has been added before the WORD_SWAP
register is programmed, so we need to check for swapped register
value as well.
Bit 16 is marked as RESERVED in SMSC datasheet, Steve Glendinning
<steve@shawell.net> checked with SMSC and wrote:
The chip architects have concluded we should be reading PMT_CTRL
until we see any of bits 0, 8, 16 or 24 set. Then we should read
BYTE_TEST to check the byte order is correct (as we already do).
The rationale behind this is that some of the chip variants have
word order swapping features too, so the READY bit could actually
be in any of the 4 possible locations. The architects have confirmed
that if any of these 4 positions is set the chip is ready. The other
3 locations will either never be set or can only go high after READY
does (so also indicate the device is ready).
This change will check for the READY bit at the 16th position. We do
not check the other two cases (bit 8 and 24) since the driver does not
support byte-swapped register read/write.
Signed-off-by: Kamlakant Patel <kamlakant.patel@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 175c0dff, drivers uses tasklet_kill to avoid put disabled tasklet
on the tasklet vec. But some of the drivers uses tasklet_init & tasklet_disable
in the driver init code, then tasklet_enable when it is opened. This makes
tasklet_enable on a killed tasklet and make ksoftirqd crazy then. Normally,
drivers should use tasklet_init/tasklet_kill on device open/remove, and use
tasklet_disable/tasklet_enable on device suspend/resume.
Reported-by: Peter Wu <lekensteyn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Wu <lekensteyn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Feng <dannyfeng@tencent.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only the first register set is used for matching but
we support getting the initial hw addr from any of
the registers.
To prevent stale entries and false matches clear unused
register sets. This most important for the at91_ether
driver where u-boot always uses the 2nd register set.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both these PHYs support interrupt generation on IC pin 32.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is an ugly macro, convert it to a static
inline function, so make it more readable.
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is unused, just remove it.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set tx packet timestamp to 0 in following scenarios:-
- All packets in STA mode
- Mgmt packets in AP mode
- Eapol packets in AP mode
In STA mode, this field is unused in the firmware. In AP
mode, we should not be expiring mgmt and eapol frames.
Setting timestamp to 0 will ensure that.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This can cause issues when clients try to connect when the
traffic is heavy
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We should unmap the DMA address in the error path, else it
causes resource leaks. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We have 6.5 Mbps is minimum rate of the link
as the criterion for creation of BA.
Although we check this before creating the BA
stream, by the time amdpu_action is called from
the workqueue, the link can get affected in the
meantime.
Hence, add an additional check in amdpu_action.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
AP mode support upto 8 interfaces.
Defining it using iface_combinations
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ksdioirqd has higher priority than kworker. Process RX packets
in SDIO IRQ thread (ksdioirqd/mmcX) directly instead of deferring
the work to kworker to avoid the extra latency.
This improves TCP throughput 15~20% on an ARM platform with SDIO
2.0 controller.
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Firmware events are passed to wl_cfg80211 module associated with
the primary net device. With virtual interface support events can
be received for different interfaces, ie. struct brcmf_if instances.
Pass it in the event to determine appropriate net device associated
with the event.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add USB log level and update and add log messages in usb module.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcmf_netdev_stop shall first check bus_if status before bringing
down cfg80211. brcmf_detach shall first check if driver is
allocated.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcmf_netdev_start_xmit and brcmf_fil_cmd_data are checking
bus state for down. These functions should check for data
state.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
when brcmf_cfg80211_del_key was called with out of range key index
then firmware would return error. Checking was added to
brcmf_cfg80211_del_key to immediately return error.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes a build regression for x86_64 target that showed up
in 3.7-rc1 due to:
commit 1a87334239
Author: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Date: Thu Sep 27 14:17:54 2012 +0200
brcmfmac: add hostap supoort.
Reported-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@intel.com>
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use int instead of bool as the return type of function
brcmf_sdio_hdparser to explicitly describe error returns.
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcmf_sdbrcm_wait_for_event is now a one line function and only
used by brcmf_sdbrcm_bus_txctl. Intergrate the function call
wait_event_interruptible_timeout into brcmf_sdbrcm_bus_txctl.
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Semaphore sdsem is used to protect consecutive memory access
through SDIO bus. Same functionality is provided by sdio_claim_host/
sdio_release_host interface as well. Replace sdsem with
sdio_claim_host.
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Semaphore sdsem which protects consecutive SDIO bus access is used
to lock down unnecessary wide range. Decrease the locking range
provides the capability of parallel processing.
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rxbuf in SDIO interface is used in normal frame and control frame
read. Use dynamically allocated buffer in control frame read path
for post processing to avoid conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_fil_bsscfg_data_get() calls brcmf_create_iovar()
with data pointer set to NULL, which caused a NULL pointer access.
As it should be possible to provide data in message towards the
firmware, it should just pass the data buffer instead.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
the refactored firmware interface layer made this function obsolete.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_cfg80211_start_ap() had some variables declared
that were not used or not needed any longer. This patch removes
those variables.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_set_management_ie() operates on virtual
interface data and brcmf_cfg80211_vif structure provides
all information needed for interfacing with firmware. As
this function will also be needed for interface without
an associated net device it makes sense to provide the vif
instead of deriving it from the net device.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sizeof calculation in setting pkt_filter was incorrect. This
patch fixes that and removes related defines which have become
obsolete.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
brcmf_netdev_wait_pend8021x was polling to see if 8021x data was
already sent. Code was replaced using wait_event_timeout.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On exception during brcmf_bus_start the netdev should be freed,
if already allocated.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change setting up multicast, mac address and offloading to use the
refactored firmware interface layer. Remove obsolete brcmf_proto_dcmd
function.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
e-scan has become the default scanning method. This patch removes
the i-scan related code and cleans up e-scan related code to be
always enabled.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The vendor ie buffer passed to brcmf_set_management_ie() is not modified
and the caller always provided a constant buffer, which needed a cast.
Better making the buffer parameter of the function constant so the
casts can be removed.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_inform_bss() validates the version received
from the device, before processing the individual bss entries.
This error condition is only applicable when the list contains
entries. A specific scan, ie. for a specific ssid, can result
in a scan completion without finding any bss entries. No need
to flag it as an error in the log when this happens.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Code flow was:
err = foo();
if (!err)
return err;
else
goto exit;
return 0;
Changed it to just to exit label if err is non-zero.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The data stored in ap_info structure is no longer used so remove
it from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A missing else caused a potential NULL dereference.
Reported-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__be32 variables where used a little careless leading to sparse warnings.
Treat them a little more gentle.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just use WARN_ON rather than an if containing only WARN_ON(1).
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this transformation
is as follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression e;
@@
- if (e) WARN_ON(1);
+ WARN_ON(e);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds detection for the Sweex LW323 USB wireless network card
in the rt2x00 driver (just one line in rt2800usb.c).
It applies to linux-3.7-rc3.
Signed-off-by: Jaume Delclòs <jaume@delclos.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for multiple TX queues inside mwifiex
driver. Four different queues according to WMM access categories
are defined for each virtual interface. When a packet is
received from netdev for transmission, tx pending count for
particular queue is incremented and if tx pending count has
reached upper water-mark, this queue is stopped instead of
stopping all queues. Similarly when a packet is successfully
transmitted from device, tx pending count is decremented per
queue and if pending count falls below lower water-mark, queue
operations are again resumed. This ensures that not all
tranmission is blocked if traffic with particular TOS value
suddenly increases.
Also wake all queues after association/IBSS_join/uAP_BSS_start
to enable traffic on all queues.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When command timeout happens due to a bug in firmware/hardware,
the timeout handler just prints some debug information. User is
unable to reload the driver in this case.
Inspired by 9a821f5 "libertas: add sd8686 reset_card support",
this patch adds card reset support for SDIO interface when
command timeout happens. If the SDIO host contoller supports
MMC_POWER_OFF|UP|ON operations, the chip will be reset and the
firmware will be re-downloaded.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove duplicated include.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the module_usb_driver() macro to make the code simpler
by eliminating module_init and module_exit calls.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is pretty pointless. Lets kill this to stop people from
thinking that its actually used. Maybe we should go on
a crusade and kill this completely from the kernel.
Cc: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Free instance of pattern detector if requested DFS domain is
not supported.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
set_domain() is already defined in /arch/arm/asm/domain.h
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
dev_<level> calls take less code than dev_printk(KERN_<LEVEL>
and reducing object size is good.
Coalesce formats for easier grep.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch completes the addition of the new driver for the Realtek
RTL8723AE devices by adding the make file and by modifying Kconfig
and Makefile of rtlwifi. Some variable names were shortened to ease
the problem of limiting all lines to 80 characters, thus changes were
made to wifi.h and rtl8192{ce,cu,sw}/hw.c.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch modifies the files of rtlwifi for the addition of a new driver
to handle the Realtek RTL8723AE wireless device, and introduces a new
routine to maintaim statistics that will be used later for roaming.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is the addition of files for a new driver to handle
the Realtek RTL8723AE wireless device.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ifdef CONFIG_BRCMFISCAN looks wrong to me and it makes more
sense when CONFIG_BRCMISCAN is used.
This patch was just compile tested by me, but not runtime tested.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the firmware is in SNIFFER mode, it leaves
the FCS at the end of frame. Not telling mac80211
means it won't add the right flag to the radiotap
header and that confuses wireshark.
Since mac80211 doesn't have a per-packet flag, set
the HW flag dynamically. This works as the monitor
vif can only be present in the driver by itself.
This fixes a regression introduced by my
commit 5789772641
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri May 11 10:53:18 2012 +0200
iwlwifi: support explicit monitor interface
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.5+]
Reported-by: MARK PHILLIPS <mark.phillips@virgin.net>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is not needed, the comment there was wrong, it
is only needed when MSI was *not* enabled.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The allocation failure will already be very verbose.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the event of a VXLAN device being linked to a device that has a
hard_header_len greater than that of standard ethernet we could end up with
the hard_header_len not being large enough for outgoing frames. In order to
prevent this we should update the length when a lowerdev is provided.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eXtensible and not eXtensiable in the comment on top.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds static declaration to several functions in bnx2x. It eliminates
newly introduced sparse warnings reported by Fengguang Wu.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Merav Sicron <meravs@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change fixes an issue I found where VXLAN frames were fragmented when
they were up to the VXLAN MTU size. I root caused the issue to the fact that
the headroom was 4 + 20 + 8 + 8. This math doesn't appear to be correct
because we are not inserting a VLAN header, but instead a 2nd Ethernet header.
As such the math for the overhead should be 20 + 8 + 8 + 14 to account for the
extra headers that are inserted for VXLAN.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of Huawei 3G and LTE modems implement a CDC NCM function,
including the necessary functional descriptors, but using a non
standard interface layout and class/subclass/protocol codes.
These devices can be handled by this driver with only a minor
change to the probing logic, allowing a single combined control
and data interface. This works because the devices
- include a CDC Union descriptor labelling the combined
interface as both master and slave, and
- have an alternate setting #1 for the bulk endpoints on the
combined interface.
The 3G/LTE network connection is managed by vendor specific AT
commands on a serial function in the same composite device.
Handling the managment function is out of the scope of this
driver. It will be handled by an appropriate USB serial
driver.
Reported-and-Tested-by: Olof Ermis <olof.ermis@gmail.com>
Reported-and-Tested-by: Tommy Cheng <tommy7765@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device datasheet specifies the BUSY bit must be set when reading
or writing phy registers. This patch ensures we do that.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows users to enable and disable EEE using Ethtool.
It also allows users to get EEE settings, as supported by the device.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is meant to both improve the performance and reduce the size of
igb_tx_map. To do this I have expanded the work done in the main loop by
pushing first into tx_buffer. This allows us to pull in the dma_mapping_error
check, the tx_buffer value assignment, and the initial DMA value assignment to
the Tx descriptor. The net result is that the function reduces in size by a
little over a 100 bytes and is about 1% or 2% faster.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is meant to improve the efficiency of the Tx flags in igb by
aligning them with the values that will later be written into either the
cmd_type or olinfo. By doing this we are able to reduce most of these
functions to either just a simple shift followed by an or in the case of
cmd_type, or an and followed by an or in the case of olinfo.
In order to avoid type conversion errors I also adjusted the locations
where we were switching between CPU and little endian.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is meant to reduce the overhead for workloads that are not
using either TSO or checksum offloads. Most of the time the compiler
should jump ahead after failing this check to the VLAN check since in the
igb_tx_csum call we start with that check as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides ability to enable or disable UDP RSS hashing. It gives
users option of generating RSS hash based on the UDP source and destination
ports numbers. Currently, UDP flow hash is always disabled in igb-driver.
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Customers are requesting that the hw prevents PHY from establishing link
until the driver loads. This patch clears the Go Link Disconnect bit which
provides the requested behavior on parts 82580 and later.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no need to support up to 15k buffers since the HW is limited to
9.5k in SR-IOV mode. Instead, allocate buffers that fit and align inside
of a 32K memory buffer.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_gro_receive shouldn't be called from netpoll context. Doing
so was causing kernel panics when jumbo frames larger than 2K were set.
Add a flag to check if the Rx ring processing is occurring from interrupt
context or from netpoll context and call netif_rx() if in the polling
context.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch resolves the following warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c: In function ‘ixgbevf_probe’:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1742:290: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbevf/ixgbevf_main.c:1717:6: note: ‘err’ was declared here
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver cannot work without MSI-X interrupts
so there is no mechanism to fall back to.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@intel.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The way the code was previously written it was causing DCA to prefetch the
entire packet into the cache when it was enabled. That is excessive as we
only really need the headers.
We are now prefetching the headers via software so doing this from DCA would
be redundant anyway. So clear the bit that was causing us to prefetch the
packet data and instead only use DCA for the descriptor rings.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since eab6d18d (vlan: Don't check for vlan group before
vlan_tx_tag_present.) we don't check tp->vlgrp and thus
tp is not needed in this function.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_main.c
Minor conflict between the BCM_CNIC define removal in net-next
and a bug fix added to net. Based upon a conflict resolution
patch posted by Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a gianfar ethernet device is down prior to hibernating a
system, it will no longer be present upon system restore.
For example:
~# ifconfig eth0 down
~# echo disk > /sys/power/state
<trigger a restore from hibernation>
~# ifconfig eth0 up
SIOCSIFFLAGS: No such device
This happens because the restore function bails out early upon
finding devices that were not up at hibernation. In doing so,
it never gets to the netif_device_attach call at the end of
the restore function. Adding the netif_device_attach as done
here also makes the gfar_restore code consistent with what is
done in the gfar_resume code.
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Wang Dongsheng <dongsheng.wang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Should gfar_init_bds() return with -ENOMEM inside gfar_alloc_skb_resources(),
free_skb_resources() will be called twice in a row on the "cleanup" path,
leading to duplicate kfree() calls for rx_|tx_queue->rx_|tx_skbuff resulting
in segmentation fault.
This patch prevents the segmentation fault to happen in the future
(rx_|tx_sbkbuff set to NULL), and corrects the error path handling
for gfar_init_bds().
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These can be converted to net_*_ratelimited().
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
when something goes wrong, a flood of these messages can be
generated by usbnet (thousands per second). This doesn't
generally *help* the condition so this patch ratelimits the
rate of their generation.
There's an underlying problem in usbnet's kevent deferral
mechanism which needs fixing, specifically that events *can*
get dropped and not handled. This patch doesn't address this,
but just mitigates fallout caused by the current implemention.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a phy_id sysfs attribute to MDIO devices, containing the
32-bit PHY identifier reported by the device. This attribute can
be useful when debugging problems related to phy drivers. Other
enumerable buses already have similar attributes.
Signed-off-by: Nick Bowler <nbowler@elliptictech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the wanxl firmware array const so that it goes in the read-only section.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the wanxl firmware to include missing constants such as PARITY_NONE. It
should be #including the linux/hdlc/ioctl.h header.
To make this work, we also have to guard parts of ioctl.h with !__ASSEMBLY__.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The wanxl firmware needs access to some bits of UAPI stuff, so the -I flag in
the Makefile needs adjusting to point at the UAPI headers.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a firmware error occurs, don't just abort synchronous
commands but also return an error (-EIO) and block any new
commands as well. Currently, an error is only returned if
WANT_SKB was set which is confusing and can lead to issues.
Blocking is done until a new firmware image is loaded.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even
though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document
this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which
is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were
previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so
drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it,
but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable
it.
Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics
except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some people wants to log only oops messages via netconsole,
(this is also why netoops was invented)
so add a module option for netconsole. This can be tuned
via /sys/module/netconsole/parameters/oops_only at run time
as well.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The shmobile SH7377 already was removed from source tree.
This remove SH7377 support for sh-irda.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The shmobile SH7367 already was removed from source tree.
This remove SH7367 support for sh-irda.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <nobuhiro.iwamatsu.yj@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cdc_eem frames might need to contain 802.1Q VLAN Ethernet frames.
URB/skb sizing from usbnet will default to the hard_mtu,
so account for the VLAN header by expanding that via hard_header_len
Signed-off-by: Ian Coolidge <iancoolidge@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INGPADBOUNDARY_MASK is already shifted. No need to shift it again. On reloading
a driver it was resulting in a bad SGE FL MTU sizes [1536, 9088] error. This
only causes an issue on systems that have L1 cache size of 32B, 128B, 512B,
2048B or 4096B.
Signed-off-by: Jay Hernandez <jay@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the module_pci_driver() macro to make the code simpler
by eliminating module_init and module_exit calls.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the BCM_CNIC define with a flag which can change at run-time
and which does not use the CONFIG_CNIC kconfig option.
For the PF/hypervisor driver cnic is always supported, however allocation of
cnic resources and configuration of the HW for offload mode is done only when
the cnic module registers bnx2x.
Signed-off-by: Merav Sicron <meravs@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the driver-FW HSI to support changes to the 'update' ramrod
(FW supports this change since 7.8.2). This ramrod is sent when the cnic module
registers bnx2x, to enable changing the nic_mode configuration in HW at
run-time.
Signed-off-by: Merav Sicron <meravs@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eilon Greenstein <eilong@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move below calculate out of spin lock section
diff = fep->cc.mult;
diff *= ppb;
diff = div_u64(diff, 1000000000ULL);
diff is local variable and not neccesary in spin lock
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove PPS.
Limit FEC_PTP option for i.MX chip only.
FEC_PTP default is on at mx6 platform.
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert all printk's to netdev_ counterparts and fix up some
printed texts.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer used after gpio phy interrupt support was
removed from at91_ether.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is used on one AT91RM9200 board where a bootloader stores
the Ethernet address in the wrong order.
Support this on macb so address setting functions can be shared
with the at91_ether driver.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macb driver in u-boot uses the first register set while
the at91_ether driver in u-boot uses the second register set.
By checking all register set, like at91_ether does, this code
can be shared between the drivers.
This only changes behavior on macb if no vaild address
is found in the first register set.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
roce interface is suppored only on Skyhawk-R.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SEMAPHORE register was being accessed from the csr BAR space. This BAR
may not be available in some Skyhawk-R configurations. Instead, access this
register via the PCI config space (it's available there too).
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1) separate NIC and roce bar mapping code
2) parse sli_intf::if_type inside be_map_pci_bars() as if_type must be
used only to identify bars.
3) Use pci_iomap/unmap() routines
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SKYHAWK_FAMILY will not identify all revisions of the chip.
Use device-id check (skyhawk_chip() macro) instead.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adapter->generation was being incorrectly set as BE_GEN3 for Skyhawk-R.
Replace generation usage with XXX_chip() macros to identify the chip.
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not assume reserve fields to be don't cares as fields may change.
Clearing data structures before using.
Signed-off-by: Jay Hernandez <jay@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4 currently uses a too high tx coalescing setting, deferring
TX completion interrupts by up to 128 us.
With the recent skb_orphan() removal in commit 8112ec3b87,
performance of a single TCP flow is capped to ~4 Gbps, unless
we increase tcp_limit_output_bytes.
I suggest using 16 us instead of 128 us, allowing a finer control.
Performance of a single TCP flow is restored to previous levels,
while keeping TCP small queues fully enabled with default sysctl.
This patch is also a BQL prereq.
Reported-by: Vimalkumar <j.vimal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yevgeny Petrilin <yevgenyp@mellanox.com>
Cc: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The printk message should say RX, not TX.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to print the PCI resource
length and base address, nor the hardware
revision ID (which can be found in lspci)
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to print these all the time,
the messages aren't all that interesting. Leave
them as DEBUG_INFO though, just in case.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the EEPROM reading was successful, don't print
a message by default, the EEPROM version isn't all
that interesting. Change the message to DEBUG_INFO
priority so it can still be obtained.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch gets the runtime PM reference count before calling
usbnet_{read|write}_cmd, and puts it after completion of the
usbnet_{read|write}_cmd, so that the usb control message can always
be sent to one active device in the non-PM context.
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch applies the introduced usbnet_read_cmd_nopm() and
usbnet_write_cmd_nopm() in the callback of resume and suspend
to avoid deadlock if USB runtime PM is considered into
usbnet_read_cmd() and usbnet_write_cmd().
Cc: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes memory leak in smsc95xx_suspend.
Also, it isn't necessary to bother mm to allocate 8bytes/16byte,
and we can use stack variable safely.
Acked-By: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch applies the introduced usbnet_read_cmd_nopm() and
usbnet_write_cmd_nopm() in the callback of resume and suspend
to avoid deadlock if USB runtime PM is considered into
usbnet_read_cmd() and usbnet_write_cmd().
Cc: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the below two helpers to prepare for solving
the usbnet runtime PM problem, which may cause some network utilities
(ifconfig, ethtool,...) touch a suspended device.
usbnet_read_cmd_nopm()
usbnet_write_cmd_nopm()
The above two helpers should be called by usbnet resume/suspend
callback to avoid deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On gcc 4.7, we will get alignment traps in the ip stack if we don't align
the ip headers on receive. The h/w can support this, so use ip aligned
allocations.
Cut down the unnecessary padding on the allocation. The buffer can start on
any byte alignment, but the size including the begining offset must be 8
byte aligned. So the h/w buffer size must include the NET_IP_ALIGN offset.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet for the initial patch highlighting the padding issues.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only generate tx interrupts on every ring size / 4 descriptors. Move the
netif_stop_queue call to the end of the xmit function rather than
checking at the beginning.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The interrupts have already been cleared, so we don't need to clear them
again. Also, we could miss interrupts if they are cleared, but we don't
process the packet.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The standard readl/writel accessors involve a spinlock and cache sync
operation on ARM platforms with an outer cache. Only DMA triggering
accesses need this, so use the raw variants instead in the critical paths.
The relaxed variants would be more appropriate, but don't exist on all
arches.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New received frames will trigger the rx DMA to poll the DMA descriptors,
so there is no need to tell the h/w to poll. We also want to enable
dropping frames from the fifo when there is no buffer.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable the tx dma to start reading the next frame while sending the current
frame.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To let mac80211 clean up any TX information when
a frame is dropped, use ieee80211_free_txskb().
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
instead of making separate tg3_napi_disable() and netif_tx_disable() calls.
Update version to 3.126.
Signed-off-by: Nithin Nayak Sujir <nsujir@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for 5717C0 which is a 5720A0 with special bonds-out option.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If no pinctrl available just report a warning as some architecture may not
need to do anything.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Cc: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Cc: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixed some coding style issues.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Amit Mehta <gmate.amit@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rajesh Borundia <rajesh.borundia@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
checkpatch.pl throws error message for the current code. This patch fixes
this coding style issue.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Amit Mehta <gmate.amit@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jitendra Kalsaria <Jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
People tend not to set the fields they want to leave as 0.
So make sure the struct is zeroed properly.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ALIVE response of new fw inclues the base address of
the SCD in SRAM. Until we read it from a prph register,
which was set by the fw. Since the fw might well stop
updating the prph register, add a WARN when there is an
inconsitency between the ALIVE response and the register
to catch any change in the behavior.
Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of open-coding it with a temporary list_head
pointer, just use list_first_entry.
Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The flush_control parameter to iwlagn_txfifo_flush
is passed as an internal value (context flags) and
then sent to the device, that can't be right.
Fix the confusion by removing the parameter, always
use IWL_DROP_ALL that is redefined according to the
firmware API in the flush control.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason to clear the CTL_AMPDU flag on
transmitted frame status, it's not used by the
driver here and mac80211 only uses it for some
rate statistics.
Also remove a stray space in the function.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RX replenish code doesn't handle DMA mapping failures,
which will cause issues if there actually is a failure. This
was reported by Shuah Khan who found a DMA mapping framework
warning ("device driver failed to check map error").
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Shuah Khan <shuah.khan@hp.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The flush command really flushes queues, not
FIFOs, and the first 32 bits indicate the
queues to flush, not FIFOs. Change the command
accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The following chips need to enable internal settings to let ASPM
and clock request work.
RTL8111E-VL, RTL8111F, RTL8411, RTL8111G
RTL8105, RTL8402, RTL8106
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use WARN rather than printk followed by WARN_ON(1), for conciseness.
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this transformation
is as follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression list es;
@@
-printk(
+WARN(1,
es);
-WARN_ON(1);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Building atp.o triggers this GCC warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/atp.c: In function ‘set_rx_mode’:
drivers/net/ethernet/realtek/atp.c:871:26: warning: ‘mc_filter[0]’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
GCC is correct. In promiscuous mode 'mc_filter' will be used
uninitialized in set_rx_mode_8012(), which is apparently inlined into
set_rx_mode().
But it turns out set_rx_mode_8012() will never be called, since
net_local.chip_type will always be RTL8002. So we can just remove
set_rx_mode_8012() and do some related cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW driver remaps two different IO regions, but fails to unmap them
both. This patch fixes the issue by calling iounmap in the appropriate
places.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code mixes up the CPSW_SS and the CPSW_WR register naming. This patch
changes the names to conform to the published Technical Reference Manual
from TI, in order to make working on the code less confusing.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When underlying phy driver restores its state very fast after being brought
down and up so that macb driver function macb_handle_link_change() was never
called with link state "down", driver's internal representation of phy speed
and duplex (bp->speed and bp->duplex) didn't change. So, macb driver sees no
reason to perform actual write to the NCFGR register, although the speed and
duplex settings in that register were reset when interface was brought down
and up. In that case actual phy speed and duplex differ from NCFGR settings.
The patch fixes that by keeping internal driver representation of speed and
duplex in sync with actual content of NCFGR.
Signed-off-by: Vitalii Demianets <vitas@nppfactor.kiev.ua>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ben Hutchings recently came up with a better way to handle the kconfig
dependencies for the PTP hardware clocks. This patch converts one new and
one older driver to the new scheme.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
f7b2927 introduced tx checksum offload support for smsc95xx,
and enabled it by default. This feature doesn't take
endianness into account, so causes most tx to fail on
those platforms.
This patch fixes the problem fully by adding the missing
conversion.
An alternate workaround is to disable TX checksum offload
on those platforms. The cpu impact of this feature is very low.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTL_GIGA_MAC_VER_35 includes no multicast hardware filter.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Walp <faceprint@faceprint.com>
Suggested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"ip link add ... type vxlan ... ttl X" allows a user to set the TTL
used by a VXLAN for encapsulation. The provided value was ignored by
vxlan module and the default value of 1 was used when encapsulating
multicast packets.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Bernat <bernat@luffy.cx>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for wol wakeup on unicast, broadcast,
multicast and arp frames.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This regression was spotted between Debian squeeze and Debian wheezy
kernels (respectively based on 2.6.32 and 3.2). More info about
Wake-on-LAN issues with Realtek's 816x chipsets can be found in the
following thread: http://marc.info/?t=132079219400004
Probable regression from d4ed95d796e5126bba51466dc07e287cebc8bd19;
more chipsets are likely affected.
Tested on top of a 3.2.23 kernel.
Reported-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Tested-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Hinted-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: Cyril Brulebois <kibi@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some driver uses tasklet_disable in device remove/close process,
tasklet_disable will inc tasklet->count and return. If the tasklet
is not handled yet because some softirq pressure, the tasklet will
placed on the tasklet_vec, never have a chance to excute. This might
lead to ksoftirqd heavy loaded, wakeup with pending_softirq, but
tasklet is disabled. tasklet_kill should be used in this case.
Signed-off-by: Xiaotian Feng <dannyfeng@tencent.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After d58d46b5 (r8169: jumbo fixes.) max frame len is stored in
rtl_chip_infos[].jumbo_max for each chip and SafeMtu should be gone.
Signed-off-by: Kirill Smelkov <kirr@mns.spb.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vmxnet3 has a 16Kbytes limit per tx descriptor, that happened to work
as long as we provided PAGE_SIZE fragments.
Our stack can now build larger fragments, so we need to split them to
the 16kbytes boundary.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: jongman heo <jongman.heo@samsung.com>
Tested-by: jongman heo <jongman.heo@samsung.com>
Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Bhavesh Davda <bhavesh@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If T4 configuration file gets loaded from the /lib/firmware/cxgb4/ directory
then offload capabilities of the cards were getting disabled during
initialization. Hence ULDs do not get an UP event from the LLD.
Signed-off-by: Jay Hernandez <jay@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on commit b27393aecf
Calling mdiobus_free without calling mdiobus_unregister causes
BUG_ON(). This patch fixes the issue.
The semantic patch that found this issue(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/):
// <smpl>
@@
expression E;
@@
... when != mdiobus_unregister(E);
+ mdiobus_unregister(E);
mdiobus_free(E);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on commit b27393aecf
Calling mdiobus_free without calling mdiobus_unregister causes
BUG_ON(). This patch fixes the issue.
The semantic patch that found this issue(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/):
// <smpl>
@@
expression E;
@@
... when != mdiobus_unregister(E);
+ mdiobus_unregister(E);
mdiobus_free(E);
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Roland Stigge <stigge@antcom.de>
Tested-by: Alexandre Pereira da Silva <aletes.xgr@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function name should include '_ether_addr'.
Return type should be bool.
Parameter name should be 'addr' not 'dest' (also matching kernel-doc).
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 96bed4b9 (use FW 7.8.2) BRB HW block needs to be
initialized using fw values for all devices.
Otherwise ETS on 57712/578xx will not work.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariele@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was missed in commit a24006ed12
('ptp: Enable clock drivers along with associated net/PHY drivers')
which enabled sfc's clock driver unconditionally.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tun transmits a zero copy skb, it orphans the frags
which might need to allocate extra memory, in atomic context.
If that fails, notify ubufs callback before freeing the skb
as a hint that device should disable zerocopy mode.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to igb, ixgbe and e1000.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a driver for the FEC(MX6) that offers time
stamping and a PTP haderware clock. Because FEC\ENET(MX6)
hardware frequency adjustment is complex, we have implemented
this in software by changing the multiplication factor of the
timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new file fec_ptp.c will use fec_enet_private to support 1588 PTP
move such structure to common header file fec.h
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch hooks into the CPTS code and adds support for the HWTSTAMP
ioctl. The patch includes code for the CPSW version found in the dm814x
even though the background device tree support for this board is still
missing.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a way to configure the CPTS input clock scaling factors
via the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because time stamping on both external ports of the switch simultaneously
is positively useless from the application's point of view, this patch
provides a DT configuration method to choose the active port.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a driver for the CPTS that offers time
stamping and a PTP hardware clock. Because some of the
CPTS hardware variants (like the am335x) do not support
frequency adjustment, we have implemented this in software
by changing the multiplication factor of the timecounter.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the cpsw driver to operate correctly with both the
dm814x and the am335x versions of the switch hardware.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch lets the CPSW driver remember the version number in order to
support the two different variants already in the wild.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code mixes up the CPSW_SS and the CPSW_WR register naming. This patch
changes the names to conform to the published Technical Reference Manual
from TI, in order to make working on the code less confusing.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding multicast address to ALE table via netdev ops to subscribe, transmit
or receive multicast frames to and from the network
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix off-by-one error because IFNAMSIZ == 16 and when this
code gets executed we stick a NULL byte where we should not.
How to reproduce:
with CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR=y (otherwise it may pass by silently)
modprobe bonding; echo 1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/mode;
echo "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA" > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/active_slave;
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Note: Sorry for the second patch but I missed this one while checking
the file. You can squash them into one patch.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix off-by-one error because IFNAMSIZ == 16 and when this
code gets executed we stick a NULL byte where we should not.
How to reproduce:
with CONFIG_CC_STACKPROTECTOR=y (otherwise it may pass by silently)
modprobe bonding; echo 1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/mode;
echo "AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA" > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/primary;
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If no pinctrl available just report a warning as some architecture may not
need to do anything.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
[nicolas.ferre@atmel.com: adapt the error path, remove unneeded headers]
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the ethernet frame payload word-aligned, possibly making the
memcpy into the skb a bit faster. This will be even more important
after we eliminate the copy altogether.
Also eliminate the redundant RX_OFFSET constant -- it has the same
definition and purpose as NET_IP_ALIGN.
Signed-off-by: Havard Skinnemoen <havard@skinnemoen.net>
[nicolas.ferre@atmel.com: adapt to newer kernel]
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handle all TX errors, not only underruns. TX error management is
deferred to a dedicated workqueue.
Reinitialize the TX ring after treating all remaining frames, and
restart the controller when everything has been cleaned up properly.
Napi is not stopped during this task as the driver only handles
napi for RX for now.
With this sequence, we do not need a special check during the xmit
method as the packets will be caught by TX disable during workqueue
execution.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add macb_get_regs() ethtool function and its helper function:
macb_get_regs_len().
The version field is deduced from the IP revision which gives the
"MACB or GEM" information. An additional version field is reserved.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of masking head and tail every time we increment them, just let them
wrap through UINT_MAX and mask them when subscripting. Add simple accessor
functions to do the subscripting properly to minimize the chances of messing
this up.
This makes the code slightly smaller, and hopefully faster as well. Also,
doing the ring buffer management this way will simplify things a lot when
making the ring sizes configurable in the future.
Available number of descriptors in ring buffer function by David Laight.
Signed-off-by: Havard Skinnemoen <havard@skinnemoen.net>
[nicolas.ferre@atmel.com: split patch in topics, adapt to newer kernel]
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On some revision of GEM, TSR status register has more information.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function has little meaning so remove it altogether and
let ethtool core fill in the fields automatically.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert some noisy netdev_dbg() statements to netdev_vdbg(). Defining
DEBUG will no longer fill up the logs; VERBOSE_DEBUG still does.
Add one more verbose debug for ISR status.
Signed-off-by: Havard Skinnemoen <havard@skinnemoen.net>
[nicolas.ferre@atmel.com: split patch in topics, add ISR status]
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a couple of unneeded barriers and document the remaining ones.
Signed-off-by: Havard Skinnemoen <havard@skinnemoen.net>
[nicolas.ferre@atmel.com: split patch in topics]
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Gigabit Ethernet mode to GEM cadence IP and enable RGMII connection.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Vilchez <patrice.vilchez@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Tested-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The BF518 has a PTP time unit that works in a similar way to other MAC
based clocks, like gianfar, ixp46x, and igb. This patch adds support for
using the blackfin as a PHC. Although the blackfin hardware does offer a
few ancillary features, this patch implements only the basic operations.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces the sys time stamps and timecompare code with simple
raw hardware time stamps in nanosecond resolution. The only tricky bit is
to find a PTP Hardware Clock period slower than the input clock period
and a power of two.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware time stamping code is a compile time option for the blackfin.
When it is not enabled, the driver should fall back to the standard
ethtool reply to the get_ts_info query.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bob Liu <lliubbo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Where a PTP clock driver is associated with a net or PHY driver, it
should be enabled automatically whenever that driver is enabled.
Therefore:
- Make PTP clock drivers select rather than depending on PTP_1588_CLOCK
- Remove separate boolean options for PTP clock drivers that are built
as part of net driver modules. (This also fixes cases where the PTP
subsystem is wrongly forced to be built-in.)
- Set 'default y' for PTP clock drivers that depend on specific net
drivers but are built separately
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PTP hardware clock drivers that select PTP_1588_CLOCK must currently
also select PPS. For those drivers that don't, the user must enable
PPS, then enable PTP_1588_CLOCK, then the driver. Simplify things for
developers and users by putting this selection in one place.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These are now established subsystems, and we want drivers to be able
to select PPS and PTP_1588_CLOCK without depending on EXPERIMENTAL.
Further, the use of EXPERIMENTAL is now deprecated in general.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the Warpcore supports various link types, need to set only the correct
supported modes for XFI which is the serdes interface for the 10G-baseT PHY.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When SFP+ module is plugged in after driver is already loaded, it may not be
recognized, so set SFP module recognition time up to 300ms, without resetting
the module power in the middle.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix possible incorrect link speed provision following rapid link speed change.
Clear link speed mask after each link change, and not only after link down.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several KR registers were not set correctly back to default after
loopback test, so set those global registers over the global WC lane (zero)
rather than the current lane.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of link flap avoidance between PXE boot and bnx2x, set the appropriate
PHY DEVAD even if LFA kicks in.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix 1G KR link by restoring CL72 misc control register to default value rather
than 0.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <yanivr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Barak Witkowski <barak@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kravkov <dmitry@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects the ethtool get_ts_info functon which did not state that
software timestamping was supported, even though it is.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
CC: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.5]
Tested-by: Stephen Ko <stephen.s.ko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements a simple multiqueue flow steering policy - tx follows rx
for tun/tap. The idea is simple, it just choose the txq based on which rxq it
comes. The flow were identified through the rxhash of a skb, and the hash to
queue mapping were recorded in a hlist with an ageing timer to retire the
mapping. The mapping were created when tun receives packet from userspace, and
was quired in .ndo_select_queue().
I run co-current TCP_CRR test and didn't see any mapping manipulation helpers in
perf top, so the overhead could be negelected.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes usespace may need to active/deactive a queue, this could be done by
detaching and attaching a file from tuntap device.
This patch introduces a new ioctls - TUNSETQUEUE which could be used to do
this. Flag IFF_ATTACH_QUEUE were introduced to do attaching while
IFF_DETACH_QUEUE were introduced to do the detaching.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts tun/tap to a multiqueue devices and expose the multiqueue
queues as multiple file descriptors to userspace. Internally, each tun_file were
abstracted as a queue, and an array of pointers to tun_file structurs were
stored in tun_structure device, so multiple tun_files were allowed to be
attached to the device as multiple queues.
When choosing txq, we first try to identify a flow through its rxhash, if it
does not have such one, we could try recorded rxq and then use them to choose
the transmit queue. This policy may be changed in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU were introduced in this patch to synchronize the dereferences between
tun_struct and tun_file. All tun_{get|put} were replaced with RCU, the
dereference from one to other must be done under rtnl lock or rcu read critical
region.
This is needed for the following patches since the one of the goal of multiqueue
tuntap is to allow adding or removing queues during workload. Without RCU,
control path would hold tx locks when adding or removing queues (which may cause
sme delay) and it's hard to change the number of queues without stopping the net
device. With the help of rcu, there's also no need for tun_file hold an refcnt
to tun_struct.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current tuntap makes use of the socket receive queue as its tx queue. To
implement multiple tx queues for tuntap and enable the ability of adding and
removing queues during workload, the first step is to move the socket related
structures to tun_file. Then we could let multiple fds/sockets to be attached to
the tuntap.
This patch removes tun_sock and moves socket related structures from tun_sock or
tun_struct to tun_file. Two exceptions are tap_filter and sock_fprog, they are
still kept in tun_structure since they are used to filter packets for the net
device instead of per transmit queue (at least I see no requirements for
them). After those changes, socket were created and destroyed during file open
and close (instead of device creation and destroy), the socket structures could
be dereferenced from tun_file instead of the file of tun_struct structure
itself.
For persisent device, since we purge during datching and wouldn't queue any
packets when no interface were attached, there's no behaviod changes before and
after this patch, so the changes were transparent to the userspace. To keep the
attributes such as sndbuf, socket filter and vnet header, those would be
re-initialize after a new interface were attached to an persist device.
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The e1000 driver currently does not protect concurrent accesses to the PHY
from both the ethtool callbacks, and from the e1000_watchdog function. This
patchs adds a new spinlock which is used by e1000_{read,write}_phy_reg in
order to serialize concurrent accesses to the PHY.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <ffainelli@freebox.fr>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a problem where the driver would crash when trying to
write a word to the EEPROM on i210 devices.
Reported-by: Ekman Tsang <Ekman.Tsang@riverbed.com>
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i211's one-time programmable (invm) version field is different than the
other fields contained in it. This patch adds a function to get the invm version
of it and store it for output from ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes a workaround that was needed on pre-release hardware.
Released hardware should not have this setting, but any devices that do
will get a warning message instead.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The q_vector->itr check in ixgbe_configure_tx_ring() was done prior to it
being set, which resulted in TXDCTL.WTHRESH always being set to 1 on driver
load, while consequent resets would set it to 8.
This patch moves the setting of q_vector->itr in ixgbe_alloc_q_vector() to
make sure that TXDCTL.WTHRESH is set to 8 by default.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes a bug in ixgbe_ptp_check_pps_event where the type was
uninitialized and could cause unknown event outcomes.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is a batch of fixes intended for 3.7...
The biggest portion of this is a pull request from Johannes Berg:
"Please pull my mac80211.git tree per below to get a number of fixes. I
have included a patch from Antonio to fix a memcpy overrun, Felix's
patches for the antenna gain/tx power issues, a few mesh-related fixes
from Javier for mac80211 and my own patches to not access data that
might not be present in an skb at all as well as a patch (the duplicate
IE check one) to make mac80211 forward-compatible with potential future
spec extensions that use the same IE multiple times.
It's a bit bigger than I'd like maybe, but I think all of these are
worthwhile fixes at this point."
In addition...
Felix Fietkau fixes an ath9k use-after-free issue.
Stanislaw Gruszka adds a valid value check to rt2800.
Sven Eckelmann adds a check to only check a TID value in a BlockAck, for
frames that could be either a BlockAck or a normal Ack.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to ixgbe, ixgbevf, igbvf, igb and
networking core (bridge). Most notably is the addition of support
for local link multicast addresses in SR-IOV mode to the networking
core.
Also note, the ixgbe patch "ixgbe: Add support for pipeline reset" and
"ixgbe: Fix return value from macvlan filter function" is revised based
on community feedback.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_<level> calls take less code than dev_printk(KERN_<LEVEL>
and reducing object size is good.
Coalesce formats for easier grep.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following build failure on S390:
In file included from drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/at91_ether.c:35:0:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.h: In function 'macb_is_gem':
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.h:563:2: error: implicit declaration of function '__raw_readl' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/at91_ether.c: In function 'update_mac_address':
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/at91_ether.c:119:2: error: implicit declaration of function '__raw_writel' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
cc1: some warnings being treated as errors
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hardware doesn't support controlling pause frames autoneg, so
report that back correctly to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use the module_pci_driver macro to make the code simpler
by eliminating module_init and module_exit calls.
Signed-off-by: Devendra Naga <devendra.aaru@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use the module_pci_driver macro to make the code simpler
by eliminating the module_init and module_exit calls
Signed-off-by: Devendra Naga <devendra.aaru@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VXLAN confused flag versus bitmap on state.
Based on part of a earlier patch by David Stevens.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable retval is initialized but never used
otherwise, so remove the unused variable.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Jitendra Kalsaria <jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the module_pci_driver() macro to make the code simpler
by eliminating module_init and module_exit calls.
dpatch engine is used to auto generate this patch.
(https://github.com/weiyj/dpatch)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Jitendra Kalsaria <jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for wol wakeup on unicast, broadcast,
multicast and arp frames.
The wakeup filter code isn't pretty, but it works.
Signed-off-by: Steve Glendinning <steve.glendinning@shawell.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for the net device ops to manage the embedded
hardware bridge on ixgbe devices. With this patch the bridge
mode can be toggled between VEB and VEPA to support stacking
macvlan devices or using the embedded switch without any SW
component in 802.1Qbg/br environments.
Additionally, this adds source address pruning to the ixgbevf
driver to prune any frames sent back from a reflective relay on
the switch. This is required because the existing hardware does
not support this. Without it frames get pushed into the stack
with its own src mac which is invalid per 802.1Qbg VEPA
definition.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we unregister from mac80211 it will down the device anyway.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No HCMD can be sent while RFKILL is asserted. If a SYNC
command is running while RFKILL is asserted the fw will
silently discard it. This means that the driver needs to
wake the process that sleeps on the CMD_SYNC.
Since the RFKILL interrupt is handled in the transport layer
and the code that sleeps in CMD_SYNC is also in the transport
layer, all this logic can be handled there.
This simplifies the work of the op_mode.
So the transport layer will now return -ERFKILL when a CMD
is sent and RFKILL is asserted. This will be the case even
when the CMD is SYNC. The transport layer will return
-ERFKILL straight away.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A negative buffer size doesn't make sense and it breaks this check in
ar5523_get_max_rxsz():
if (!ar->rxbufsz || ar->rxbufsz > AR5523_SANE_RXBUFSZ) { ...
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The private data areas for these drivers contain some very long variable
names that cause difficulty in fitting source lines to an 80-character
limit.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Realtek devices with designation RTL8188CE-VL have the so-called B-cut
of the wireless chip. This patch adds the special programming needed by
these devices. In addition, a variable that was static has been moved into
the private data area as it is now needed in two different routines. This
change also fixes a minor bug that would be present if a system had more
than one RTL81{88,92}CE devices. Other drivers in the rtlwifi family had
already made this change, thus the variable already exists in the private
data structure.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Anisse Astier <anisse@astier.eu>
Cc: Li Chaoming <chaoming_li@realsil.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ath9k xmit functions for AMPDUs can send frames as non-aggregate in case
only one frame is currently available. The client will then answer using a
normal Ack instead of a BlockAck. This acknowledgement has no TID stored and
therefore the hardware is not able to provide us the corresponding TID.
The TID set by the hardware in the tx status descriptor has to be seen as
undefined and not as a valid TID value for normal acknowledgements. Doing
otherwise results in a massive amount of retransmissions and stalls of
connections.
Users may experience low bandwidth and complete connection stalls in
environments with transfers using multiple TIDs.
This regression was introduced in b11b160def
("ath9k: validate the TID in the tx status information").
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware has correct (!= 0xff) value of tssi_bounds[4] in the
EEPROM, but step is equal to 0xff. This results on ridiculous delta
calculations and completely broke TX power settings.
Reported-and-tested-by: Pavel Lucik <pavel.lucik@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To use mac80211_hwsim for testing channel contexts it
has to support them, and for that it has to support
hw scan and hw-remain-on-channel.
Since it's pure software, the off-channel activities
are really not off-channel but listening and sending
on a second channel. Also, the multi-channel isn't
really doing TDM, it's just on both channels at the
same time.
For testing purposes, you can specify the number of
concurrent channels with a module parameter, it is
set to one by default. When set to two or more, the
userspace API for wmediumd is disabled as it has no
provisions for multi-channel yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change fixes a sparse warning triggered by us casting the timestamp in
the packet as a u64 instead of as a __le64. This change corrects that in
order to resolve the sparse warning.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are multiple places in our device nvm where the version is stored.
This update fixes some output errors with some types of images and
refactors the way the version data is gathered and stored for ethtool output.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Newer devices supported by igb can support auto-crossover detection in
forced operation modes. Enable this in the driver, rather than clobbering
this functionality in forced operation.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ignoring the return value from a call to the kernel dma_map API functions
can cause data corruption and system instability. Check the return value
and take appropriate action.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver should not forward LLDP type frames. Inspect the ether type and
do not send if it is an LLDP ethertype frame.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Hw timestamping code caused performance regression in ixgbe driver when the
timestamping is not enabled. The culprit is IXGBE_READ_REG call in the Rx
path which is executed for every received skb. This call is not needed when
the timestamping is disabled or for non-ptp packets.
netperf results:
The ixgbe side of the connection was acting as a server, the netperf command
line on the other side was:
netperf -H 192.168.1.23 -T0,0 -t UDP_STREAM -l 20
The values below mean throughput as reported by netperf (local/remote), for
3 runs, with timestamping not enabled.
3.7.0-rc1+ with CONFIG_IXGBE_PTP off:
5373.83 / 3329.32
5721.88 / 3033.89
5653.42 / 3112.38
3.7.0-rc1+ with CONFIG_IXGBE_PTP on:
5233.64 / 1226.85
5448.67 / 1039.32
5421.36 / 1095.66
Patched 3.7.0-rc1+ with CONFIG_IXGBE_PTP on:
5594.72 / 2942.53
5428.95 / 3110.16
5343.56 / 3200.48
Reported-by: Jesper Brouer <jbrouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Adds/updates ASCII descriptor maps for 82598 and 82599 Tx/Rx descriptors.
Current descriptor maps were out of date for 82598 and incorrect for
82599.
Signed-off-by: Josh Hay <joshua.a.hay@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that compare the total_rx_packets cleaned to budget
instead of decrementing budget. The advantage to this approach is that budget
can now be const and we only end up modifying total_rx_packets instead of
modifying both it and budget.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When setting a MAC filter for the VF the function should return a success
or failure code, not the index of the new filter. It causes spurious NACK
returns to the VF driver.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch simplifies the check for calling en/disable_tx_laser() function
pointer. The pointer is only set on parts that can use it.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In SR-IOV mode the PF driver acts as the uplink port and is
used to send control packets e.g. lldpad, stp, etc.
eth0.1 eth0.2 eth0
VF VF PF
| | | <-- stand-in for uplink
| | |
--------------------------
| Embedded Switch |
--------------------------
|
MAC <-- uplink
But the embedded switch is setup to forward multicast addresses
to all interfaces both VFs and PF and onto the physical link.
This results in reserved MAC addresses used by control protocols
to be forwarded over the switch onto the VF.
In the LLDP case the PF sends an LLDPDU and it is currently
being forwarded to all the VFs who then see the PF as a peer.
This is incorrect.
This patch adds the multicast addresses to the RAR table in the
hardware to prevent this behavior.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The function to set the macvlan filter should return success or failure
instead of the index of the filter. The message processing function was
misinterpreting the index as a non-zero return code indicating failure and
NACKing MAC filter set messages that actually succeeded.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Calling the ixgbe_reset_pipeline_82599 function will ensure a full pipeline
reset on all 82599 devices. This is necessary to avoid possible link issues.
Since this patch accomplishes this by modifying AUTOC.LMS we need to wrap
all AUTOC writes when LESM is enabled.
v2- fix LMS behaviour based on feedback by Martin Josefsson
CC: Martin Josefsson <gandalf@mjufs.se>
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Whenever WLAN receives scheduling msg from BT, it reduces tx power
based on RSSI level. And then BT starts simultaneous transmission
along with WLAN. Sometimes HW MAC compares tx power that is used
prior to power reduction which is causing BT transmission to defer.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reduced the power consumption to half in full and network sleep.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reduced the power consumption to half in full and network sleep.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This driver is for the AR5523 chipset from Atheros. It was created
in 2007 by Christoph Hellwig but it was never finished. I found it a
couple of months ago and after some polishing it's working pretty
fine.
The driver was written with the FreeBSD driver (uath) as reference,
which was written with the reverse-engineered windows driver as
reference, hence the feature set is very limited. Station mode
only, no HW crypto offload.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For AP feature the IEs are stored in global structure. For future
functionality like P2P-GO it needs to be stored per virtual interface
so better store it in the virtual interface structure.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The macro wiphy_to_cfg() is a bit redundant as the function already
has a pointer variable to brcmf_cfg80211_info structure.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With multiple interfaces suspend will need to iterate over all and
bring down the link.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The driver had a global constant ether_bcast, which was copied
whenever a broadcast mac address was needed. This patch does a
memset(dest, 0xFF, ETH_ALEN) instead and consequently removes
the global ether_bcast.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function now return the status for a virtual interface so
it seems better rename the function to understand what it does.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The enumeration wl_prof_list is no longer used so it can be safely
removed.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A couple of unused fields have been removed and kernel-doc info has
been added to the structure.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In wl_cfg80211.c debugfs directory was created to expose
dtim_period and beacon_interval. However, this can be easily
obtained using iw so it is removed from the driver.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The connection status is to be kept per virtual interface and
the scanning status is for device. So they need to be separated
for multiple interface support.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This checks the status that will soon be moved to virtual
interface data so preparing for that use the structure
brcmf_cfg80211_vif as parameter instead.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meulemen <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The profile information applies to an interface so each virtual
interface needs it. So it is removed from brcmf_cfg80211_info
and added to brcmf_cfg80211_vif structure.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces the brcmf_cfg80211_vif structure which is
used to keep track of multiple virtual interfaces in the driver.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function brcmf_find_bssidx() is no longer used so remove
it from the driver code.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The first two parameters given to send_key_to_dongle() are redundant
so they have been removed.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
modify the setup code to use the refactored firmware interface layer.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use brcmf_sdio_hdparser to handle header of super frame and sub
frame in glomming frame read.
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functions for communicating were given the net_device only because
its private data contained struct brcmf_if object. However, not all
firmware related interfaces will be associated with a net_device. To
accomodate provisioning firmware for such interfaces the struct
brcmf_if object will be passed to the fwil functions.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware carries channel information in a different format
as the provided ieee80211_channel structure. Conversion is needed
when receiving requests from cfg80211 carrying ieee80211_channel
structures. This patch adds a utility function to do that.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware interface has functions to send bsscfg specific commands
to the device. These functions currently have a bssidx parameter, but
that same information is stored in struct brcmf_if, which is in the
private data of the net_device parameter.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In brcmf_bus_start() a number of settings are sent to the device. For
this functions are used that bypass the common firmware interface.
By reordering the code in brcmf_bus_start() this bypass can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the firmware notifies the driver about adding a new interface
it also provides an index for the bss associated with this interface.
This index will be needed for upcoming features like peer-to-peer.
By adding this index in struct brcmf_if it is easy to obtain as this
will be associated with the net_device private data.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
function brcmf_c_mkiovar_bsscfg became redundant with refactoring
of firmware interface layer.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
switch to new firmware interface layer and remove redundant code.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Variable iswl always gets initialised to the same and support for
this var is not needed.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor the functions that are related to getting and setting
data to and and from the firmware.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
carl9170_handle_mpdu is the final part of the
rx path of the driver. It splits the raw data
streams from the device into skb packets and
passes them on to mac80211. As a result of
continuous updates, it grew over the years when
new code was added by the following commits:
- report A-MPDU status
- fix HT peer BA session corruption
- A-MPDU frame type filter
- ...
This patch splits the routine into two stages.
The first stage only deals with the details
about extracting and verifying the data from
the incoming stream. Whereas the second stage
packs it into skbs and passes it on to mac80211.
Reported-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We derive mwifiex_private structure which is per interface from
received skb's rx_info. Once priv is derived, same priv can be
propagated to other functions instead of callee deriving priv
from rx_info again.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During start_ap handler, some rates come as extended supported
rates IE - part of beacon tail IE. This patch adds support for
parsing them and adding to bss_rates TLV for bss_start command
to firmware.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 34202e28fe
We made "34202ee.." because we didn't support custom regulatory rules
at that time. But now we use our own custom regulatory rules, so it
needs to be changed back.
Also, chan->max_power calculations in cfg80211 were broken. Hence we
started using chan->max_reg_power. Now it has got fixed in
following commit.
commit 5e31fc0815
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Tue Jul 24 08:35:39 2012 +0200
wireless: reg: restore previous behaviour of chan->max_power calculations
Hence we will use chan->max_power instead of chan->max_reg_power.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If MWIFIEX_DISABLE_CHAN_FILT bit in scan mode bitmap is set,
firmware will turn off the filtering of scan responses from
adjacent channels.
Currently the bit is set only for internal SSID specific scan
performed during association. We will set it for user requested
SSID specific scan as well.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mwifiex_request_scan() takes care of synchronous internal scan
performed by driver during association.
Currently the semaphore acquired for the scan is unnecessarily
released at the end of different paths. Also, failure paths
returning error code other than "-1" are not considered.
We will release it at the end of routine to fix above issues.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the interface is down, we will abort scan by calling
cfg80211_scan_done() with abort option. This fixes WARN_ON
triggered by cfg80211 in wdev_cleanup_work().
Driver's internal variables/flags are cleared once we get
response for current scan command. Meanwhile we will block
new scan request from cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We will delay/abort scan operation based on traffic for low
priority scan.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the BT connection is initiated by headset, it's possible that headset
requests to make one A2DP and one Voice connection over the same link.
BT firmware will send a new profile A2DP_Voice in this case. So WLAN
has to take care of this new profile for tuning BTCOEX parameters.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever i_coff of IQ calibration is too high, AR9565 drops max
rx rate to MCS4. Skipping IQ update at this time can avoid this
problem for AR9565.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While resuming from S3, BT host issues HCI reset command and it
causes BT firmware to busy with security key calculation. At this
movement, WLAN detects MCI hardware error of MCI_CONT_INFO_TIMEOUT
and then it starts the recovery sequence repeatedly. Too many
recovery sequences would exhaust the BT kernel message pool. This
patch imposes a duration between consecutive BT recovery procedure.
Thus it solves BT firmware panic issue reported in AR9565.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TXIQ and RXIQ share the same data path to upload the measurement
result, we should turn off RXIQ calibration while re-calibrating radio
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Self generated MCI messages is configured to use chain 1. As
ar9565 is 1x1 solution, It can not use Chain 1. Hence fix
Chain 1 for ar9462 alone. Not doing so, could affect WLAN
connectivity in ar9565 as LNA sharing is not informed by BT.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The simulataneous transmission of both WLAN and BT might cause
increase in power levels. To avoid regulatory violation, WLAN tx
power will be adjusted according to BT power index based on avaliability
of BT scheduling messages. WLAN tx power reduction might affect its
performance. So WLAN tx power is only be lowered when the signal strength
is good enough. Otherwise concurrent tx will be disabled and WLAN uses
it default power levels. Also concurrent tx is disabled whenever WLAN is
moving to off-channel which might be used by BT.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is useful to have channel mode in caldata to find out
whether operaing channel is in HT40/20 when we are currently
on offchannel. It will be used by BTCOEX to enable/disable
concurrent tx mechanism later.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This feature enables both WLAN and BT can transmit simultaneously
by setting WLAN and BT to equal priorities. Whenever both are
transmitting, it might violate regulatory power limits. To avoid
regulatory violation, WLAN tx power will be adjusted according to BT
power index based on avaliability of BT scheduling message. If the
combined power exceeds threshold, BT transmission will be held off.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WLAN updates channel bitmap when associated and disassociated. Channel
bitmap will reflect whare are the channels used or affected by WLAN and
BT should avoid using those. Not doing so, could affect BT traffic
as both WLAN and BT is operating on same channel.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently ath9k need to have beacon interval matched
between STA mode and beaconing mode. Advertize this
through interface combinations.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Once the driver advertizes interface combination logic
based on its firmware/hardware limitation, cfg80211
takes care of all the necessary logic such as maximum
beaconing vifs, standlone interface etc.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will allow us to create virtual interface the driver supports.
Also this ensures multivif support and limitation advertised
by the driver is taken care in cfg80211 itself.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When WLAN is idle ensure we downgrade to FTP_STOMP_LOW weight
(from STOMP_LOW) to provide more bandwidth for BT FTP profile.
WLAN's idleness can be estimated by taking into account of the
rx data packets and just ignore beacons, qos nullfunc etc.
Also update bt_wait_time even if the chip is in NETWORK SLEEP
mode. This should help BT throughput when WLAN is idle.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several people have complained about an unusual
and undocumented feature of the AR9170 hardware:
In siffer mode, the hardware generates spurious
ACK frames for every received frame... even
broadcasts.
The reason for this malfunction is unknown:
<http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=134517238506033>
But there's a workaround: Instead of the special
sniffer mode, the hardware will be put into
station mode and all rx filters are disabled.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Marco Fonseca <marco@tampabay.rr.com>
Reported-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
bf->bf_next is only while buffers are chained as part of an A-MPDU
in the tx queue. When a tid queue is flushed (e.g. on tearing down
an aggregation session), frames can be enqueued again as normal
transmission, without bf_next being cleared. This can lead to the
old pointer being dereferenced again later.
This patch might fix crashes and "Failed to stop TX DMA!" messages.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clarify the documentation to indicate that these
flags can only be used at the end, i.e. after them
a copy TFD (no flags set) is invalid.
Reported-by: Inbal Hacohen <inbal.hacohen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In addition to the NOCOPY flag, add a DUP flag that
tells the transport to kmemdup() the buffer and free
it after the command completes.
Currently this is only supported for a single buffer
in a given command, but that could be extended if it
should be needed.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Removes the warnings
drivers/net/usb/sierra_net.c:343:45: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
drivers/net/usb/sierra_net.c:343:45: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [short] [usertype] <noident>
drivers/net/usb/sierra_net.c:343:45: got restricted __be16 [usertype] <noident>
and
drivers/net/usb/sierra_net.c:658:18: warning: cast to restricted __le16
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the sparse warning
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c:836:9: warning: context imbalance in 'cdc_ncm_txpath_bh' - different lock contexts for basic block
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Probably doesn't matter much since the value is used as a
boolean anyway, but it removes the sparse warning:
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c:1090:32: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c:1090:32: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] connected
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c:1090:32: got restricted __le16 [usertype] wValue
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"This is what we usually expect at this stage of the game, lots of
little things, mostly in drivers. With the occasional 'oops didn't
mean to do that' kind of regressions in the core code."
1) Uninitialized data in __ip_vs_get_timeouts(), from Arnd Bergmann
2) Reject invalid ACK sequences in Fast Open sockets, from Jerry Chu.
3) Lost error code on return from _rtl_usb_receive(), from Christian
Lamparter.
4) Fix reset resume on USB rt2x00, from Stanislaw Gruszka.
5) Release resources on error in pch_gbe driver, from Veaceslav Falico.
6) Default hop limit not set correctly in ip6_template_metrics[], fix
from Li RongQing.
7) Gianfar PTP code requests wrong kind of resource during probe, fix
from Wei Yang.
8) Fix VHOST net driver on big-endian, from Michael S Tsirkin.
9) Mallenox driver bug fixes from Jack Morgenstein, Or Gerlitz, Moni
Shoua, Dotan Barak, and Uri Habusha.
10) usbnet leaks memory on TX path, fix from Hemant Kumar.
11) Use socket state test, rather than presence of FIN bit packet, to
determine FIONREAD/SIOCINQ value. Fix from Eric Dumazet.
12) Fix cxgb4 build failure, from Vipul Pandya.
13) Provide a SYN_DATA_ACKED state to complement SYN_FASTOPEN in socket
info dumps. From Yuchung Cheng.
14) Fix leak of security path in kfree_skb_partial(). Fix from Eric
Dumazet.
15) Handle RX FIFO overflows more resiliently in pch_gbe driver, from
Veaceslav Falico.
16) Fix MAINTAINERS file pattern for networking drivers, from Jean
Delvare.
17) Add iPhone5 IDs to IPHETH driver, from Jay Purohit.
18) VLAN device type change restriction is too strict, and should not
trigger for the automatically generated vlan0 device. Fix from Jiri
Pirko.
19) Make PMTU/redirect flushing work properly again in ipv4, from
Steffen Klassert.
20) Fix memory corruptions by using kfree_rcu() in netlink_release().
From Eric Dumazet.
21) More qmi_wwan device IDs, from Bjørn Mork.
22) Fix unintentional change of SNAT/DNAT hooks in generic NAT
infrastructure, from Elison Niven.
23) Fix 3.6.x regression in xt_TEE netfilter module, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (57 commits)
tilegx: fix some issues in the SW TSO support
qmi_wwan/cdc_ether: move Novatel 551 and E362 to qmi_wwan
net: usb: Fix memory leak on Tx data path
net/mlx4_core: Unmap UAR also in the case of error flow
net/mlx4_en: Don't use vlan tag value as an indication for vlan presence
net/mlx4_en: Fix double-release-range in tx-rings
bas_gigaset: fix pre_reset handling
vhost: fix mergeable bufs on BE hosts
gianfar_ptp: use iomem, not ioports resource tree in probe
ipv6: Set default hoplimit as zero.
NET_VENDOR_TI: make available for am33xx as well
pch_gbe: fix error handling in pch_gbe_up()
b43: Fix oops on unload when firmware not found
mwifiex: clean up scan state on error
mwifiex: return -EBUSY if specific scan request cannot be honored
brcmfmac: fix potential NULL dereference
Revert "ath9k_hw: Updated AR9003 tx gain table for 5GHz"
ath9k_htc: Add PID/VID for a Ubiquiti WiFiStation
rt2x00: usb: fix reset resume
rtlwifi: pass rx setup error code to caller
...
- Fix crash in error path in cxgb4
- Fix build error on 32 bits in mlx4
- Fix SR-IOV bugs in mlx4
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)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=1EJ/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband
Pull infiniband fixes from Roland Dreier:
"Small batch of fixes for 3.7:
- Fix crash in error path in cxgb4
- Fix build error on 32 bits in mlx4
- Fix SR-IOV bugs in mlx4"
* tag 'rdma-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/roland/infiniband:
mlx4_core: Perform correct resource cleanup if mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER() fails
mlx4_core: Remove annoying debug messages from SR-IOV flow
RDMA/cxgb4: Don't free chunk that we have failed to allocate
IB/mlx4: Synchronize cleanup of MCGs in MCG paravirtualization
IB/mlx4: Fix QP1 P_Key processing in the Primary Physical Function (PPF)
IB/mlx4: Fix build error on platforms where UL is not 64 bits
This change correctly computes the header length and data length in
the fragments to avoid a bug where we would end up with extremely
slow performance. Also adopt use of skb_frag_size() accessor.
Signed-off-by: Chris Metcalf <cmetcalf@tilera.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [v3.6]
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These devices provide QMI and ethernet functionality via a standard CDC
ethernet descriptor. But when driven by cdc_ether, the QMI
functionality is unavailable because only cdc_ether can claim the USB
interface. Thus blacklist the devices in cdc_ether and add their IDs to
qmi_wwan, which enables both QMI and ethernet simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Acked-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver anchors the tx urbs and defers the urb submission if
a transmit request comes when the interface is suspended.
Anchoring urb increments the urb reference count. These
deferred urbs are later accessed by calling usb_get_from_anchor()
for submission during interface resume. usb_get_from_anchor()
unanchors the urb but urb reference count remains same.
This causes the urb reference count to remain non-zero
after usb_free_urb() gets called and urb never gets freed.
Hence call usb_put_urb() after anchoring the urb to properly
balance the reference count for these deferred urbs. Also,
unanchor these deferred urbs during disconnect, to free them
up.
Signed-off-by: Hemant Kumar <hemantk@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cgroup logic part of net_cls is very similar as the one in
net_prio. Let's stream line the net_cls logic with the net_prio one.
The net_prio update logic was changed by following commit (note there
were some changes necessary later on)
commit 406a3c638c
Author: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Date: Fri Jul 20 10:39:25 2012 +0000
net: netprio_cgroup: rework update socket logic
Instead of updating the sk_cgrp_prioidx struct field on every send
this only updates the field when a task is moved via cgroup
infrastructure.
This allows sockets that may be used by a kernel worker thread
to be managed. For example in the iscsi case today a user can
put iscsid in a netprio cgroup and control traffic will be sent
with the correct sk_cgrp_prioidx value set but as soon as data
is sent the kernel worker thread isssues a send and sk_cgrp_prioidx
is updated with the kernel worker threads value which is the
default case.
It seems more correct to only update the field when the user
explicitly sets it via control group infrastructure. This allows
the users to manage sockets that may be used with other threads.
Since classid is now updated when the task is moved between the
cgroups, we don't have to call sock_update_classid() from various
places to ensure we always using the latest classid value.
[v2: Use iterate_fd() instead of open coding]
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizefan@huawei.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_update_classid() assumes that the update operation always are
applied on the current task. sock_update_classid() needs to know on
which tasks to work on in order to be able to migrate task between
cgroups using the struct cgroup_subsys attach() callback.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Stanislav Kinsbursky <skinsbursky@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: <netdev@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: <cgroups@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the below 3 usb command helpers:
usbnet_read_cmd / usbnet_write_cmd / usbnet_write_cmd_async
so that each low level driver doesn't need to implement them
by itself, and the dma buffer allocation for usb transfer and
runtime PM things can be handled just in one place.
Acked-by: Oliver Neukum <oneukum@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a failure takes place during the EQ creation, we need to unmap the
UAR memory block too.
Signed-off-by: Dotan Barak <dotanb@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Uri Habusha <urih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vlan tag can be zero. This is why it can't serve as an indication
that packet requires VLAN header in the TX flow.
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The QP range is reserved as a single block. However, when freeing the
en resources, the tx-ring QPs are released both in mlx4_en_destroy_tx_ring
(one at a time) and in mlx4_en_free_resources (as a block release).
Fix by eliminating the one-at-a-time release in mlx4_en_destroy_tx_ring.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable ALDPS function to save power when link down. Note that the
feature should be set after the other PHY settings. And the firmware
is necessary. Don't enable it without loading the firmware.
None of the firmware-free chipsets support ALDPS. Neither do the
RTL8168d/8111d.
For 8136 series, make sure the ALDPS is disabled before loading the
firmware. For 8168 series, the ALDPS would be disabled automatically
when loading firmware. You must not disable it directly.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Acked-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using a 36 bit dtb file, the driver complains "resource busy".
Investigating the source of the message leads one to the
gianfar_ptp_probe function.
Since the type of the device resource requested in this function
is IORESOURCE_MEM, it should use "iomem_resource" instead of
"ioports_resource".
Signed-off-by: Wei Yang <Wei.Yang@windriver.com>
Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Cc: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
here are two patches for the v3.7 release cycle. A patch by Wolfgang Grandegger
for the flexcan driver, which switches off a workaround on the imx6q that is
not needed, because the hardware is not affected by that bug. And a patch by
Stephane Grosjean which updates the pci device table for the peak pci sja1000
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The cpsw/davinci mdio ip cores are present on am33xx, so make NET_VENDOR_TI
visible for it as well.
Signed-off-by: Peter Korsgaard <jacmet@sunsite.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we fail to allocate rx buffers pool by any reason, we'll just return
with an error, however we've previously successfully requested an irq. Fix
this by releasing the irq before returning the error.
Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When b43 fails to find firmware when loaded, a subsequent unload will
oops due to calling ieee80211_unregister_hw() when the corresponding
register call was never made.
Commit 2d838bb608 fixed the same problem
for b43legacy.
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Markus Kanet <dvmailing@gmx.eu>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [V3.3.0+ (the patch will need to be refactored)]
Cc: Markus Kanet <dvmailing@gmx.eu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
De-reference and deallocate scan state on failure.
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Cairns <rtc@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previous patch "mwifiex: return -EBUSY if scan request cannot.."
corrected regular scan request only. There is another case for
specific scan that needs the same handling.
Also, removed !req_ssid check as it has already been validated
by caller.
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Cairns <rtc@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a samtch warnings catched by Fengguang's 0-DAY system:
+ drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c:3572 brcmf_cfg80211_sched_scan_start() error: we previously assumed 'request' could be null (see line 3571)
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit a240dc7b3c.
This commit is reducing tx power by at least 10 db on some devices,
e.g. the Buffalo WZR-HP-G450H.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Roger says, Ubiquiti produce 2 versions of their WiFiStation USB adapter. One
has an internal antenna, the other has an external antenna and
name suffix EXT. They have separate USB ids and in distribution
openSUSE 12.2 (kernel 3.4.6), file /usr/share/usb.ids shows:
0cf3 Atheros Communications, Inc.
...
b002 Ubiquiti WiFiStation 802.11n [Atheros AR9271]
b003 Ubiquiti WiFiStationEXT 802.11n [Atheros AR9271]
Add b002 Ubiquiti WiFiStation in the PID/VID list.
Reported-by: Roger Price <ath9k@rogerprice.org>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch fixes warnings like below happened on resume:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 check_sdata_in_driver+0x32/0x34()
Problem is that in __ieee80211_susped() we remove sdata (i.e wlan0
interface) and then during resume we call usb_unbind_interface() ->
ieee80211_unregister_hw() with sdata removed.
Patch fixes problem by adding .reset_resume calback, hence we do not
unbind usb device on resume. This callback can be the same as normal
.resume callback, sice we do all needed initalization during interface
start, which is performed on resume [ ieee80211_resume() ->
ieee80211_reconfig() -> rt2x00mac_start() -> rt2x00lib_start ].
Resolves:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=48041
Reported-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Reported-and-tested-by: Stephen Boyd <bebarino@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If _rtl_usb_receive fails, the device is
probably not ready. Hence the error code
should be passed to the caller, so it can
react accordingly and notify the user.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds the support for 4 new PCI boards based on the SJA1000 CAN
controller, from PEAK-System Technik:
. PCAN-miniPCIe (PCI-Express Mini slots, available as single or dual-channel)
. PCAN-cPCI (CompactPCI format, available as single or dual-channel)
. PCAN-PC/104-Plus (PC/104-Plus system, av. as 1, 2 or 4 channels)
. PCAN-PCI/104-Express (PCI/104-Express system, av. as 1 or 2 channels)
This patch also fixes a typo in existing "PEAK_MPCI_DEVICE_ID" identifier
(missing "e" for Express). Finally, it also changes the author as well as it
updates the module supported devices list.
Signed-off-by: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Make use of SDIO CRC error workaround hardware flag and avoid
target revision checks.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
AR6004(UB134) firmware supports only LP Endpoint, So map
all Access Categories to Low Priority endpoints. This fixes a WPA2
connection issue as the uplink(tx) endpoint is appropriately
mapped in sync with the firmware.
Tested-by: Ben Gray <ben.r.gray@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ben Gray <ben.r.gray@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Currently AR6004 handles the inactivity timeout resolution
in minutes rather than seconds. So parse the inactivity timeout
to the firmware in minutes. For now we will cleanup the
inactive station entries to the nearest converted minutes
(ex: an inactive time of 70 seconds would take atleast 2 - 3 minutes)
Tested with surprise removal of client cards/host shutdown.
Cc: Manikandan Radhakrishnan <mradhakr@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Leela Kella <leela@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Rename ATH6KL_HW_FLAG_64BIT_RATES to ATH6KL_HW_64BIT_RATES.
This seemed to be necessary to add/use new hardware flags
without exceeding 80 lines. We shall be adding new hw flags
dropping the FLAG term.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Incase the resource allocation for the struct ath6kl_urb_context in the
function ath6kl_usb_alloc_pipe_resources fails, return this error
case so that ath6kl_usb_probe is aware of this error case.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
These checks are no longer needed as the necessary
USB support is already present in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Endpoint ID is checked to make sure it is valid.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The variable assigned_ep can be assigned value of -1 and is never
checked if it equals -1. So the endpoint array can have -1 as the index
value and can be out of bounds.
The value of assigned_ep is checked for -1 and is ensured that the
endpoint array doesn't go out of bounds.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When a station tries to connect to an AP and if the MAC of the
station is in the AP's block list, the station cannot connect to the
AP. This is notified to the userspace with event
NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED and attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON.
The reason sent will be NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When a station requests connection to an AP, that has already been
connected to the maximum number of stations it can support, an event
is sent to user space via NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED command and reason
attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON with
NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS as reason.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The skb->tail pointer of rx buffers is not adjusted
after skb->data pointer is aligned to 4-byte, this
causes random rx data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Jin Navy <nhjin@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It's safe to check endpoint id values before it get
really used. Found this on code review.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There are 28 items defined in rate table array 'wmi_rate_tbl'.
The rate table index (reply->rate_index) in ath6kl_wmi_bitrate_reply_rx()
func is not checked for the valid max limit index before accessing
rate table array. There may be some incidents to get memory crashes
without safe max check. Fix this.
Found this on code review.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Return value of ath6kl_get_regpair() is stored in 'regpair' in
ath6kl_wmi_regdomain_event() func and it's directly accessed
in the debug prints without checking for NULL value. There are
situation to get NULL pointer as a return value from
ath6kl_get_regpair() func. Fix this.
Found this on code review.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Disallowing any wmi commands while re-initializing the
firmware results in connection failures after recovery
is done in open/WEP mode. To fix this, clear WMI_READY,
to make sure no wmi command is tried while fw is down.
Remove ATH6KL_STATE_RECOVERY state check in ath6kl_control_tx()
so that any configuration during fw init time will go through
using wmi commands.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Using list_move_tail() instead of list_del() + list_add_tail().
spatch with a semantic match is used to found this problem.
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
gcc 4.8 warns
/backup/lsrc/git/linux-lto-2.6/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/sdio.c:
In function 'ath6kl_sdio_enable_scatter':
/backup/lsrc/git/linux-lto-2.6/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/sdio.c:748:16:
warning: 'ret' may be used uninitialized in this function
[-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
if (virt_scat || ret) {
^
The variable can indeed be uninitialized when the previous if branch is
skipped. I just set it to zero for now. I'm not fully sure the fix is
correct, maybe the || should be an && ?
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a modparam to configure recovery. Recovery
from firmware error is disabled by default to debug
the actual issue further. To recovery from error,
modprobe ath6kl_core recovery_enable=1.
Reported-by: Jin Navy <nhjin@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add a bit in ath6kl_dev_state to maintian the run time state
of firmware recovery configuration. This would help to have
user configuration in fw_recovery which will be added in
a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Checking for recovery state just before re-arming hb_timer is not
necessary, this should be done at the begining of the timer instead.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
hb_timer should be scheduled only when hb_poll is non-zero.
But in ath6kl_recovery_work() the timer is scheduled based
on fw_recovery.enable instead which is wrong.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In some error conditions, fw pauses HTC pipes which would
result in control endpoint full condition. When we hit this
case, most of the time the device will be unusable. Re-initialize
the target to recover from this situation.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch adds support to detect fw error condition by sending
periodic message (heart beat challenge) to firmware. Upon reception
of the message, fw would send a response event to driver. When
there are no reponses from fw for about 5 cmd driver would
trigger the recovery logic assuming that fw has gone into an
error state.
Capable fw will advertise this capability through
ATH6KL_FW_CAPABILITY_HEART_BEAT_POLL bit. This feature
is disabled by default, can be enabled through a modparam
(heart_beat_poll). This modparam also confiures the polling
interval in msecs.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Re-initialize the target when fw crash is reported.
This would make the device functional again after
target crash. During the target re-initialization
it is made sure that target is not bugged with data/cmd
request, ar->state ATH6KL_STATE_RECOVERY is used
for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
So that these functions will be used to re-initialize the fw
upon detecting fw error. This refactoring moves ar->state
setting out of core stop/start functionality.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The MSB of rate index from FW is used for sgi. But the ath6kl_wmi_get_rate
doesn't handle it. The access to wmi_rate_tbl array may be out of range
if sgi is 1. This may cause the return value of ath6kl_wmi_get_rate()
function is incorrect link rate. We add sgi adjustment to avoid such case.
kvalo: change patch title
Signed-off-by: Dengke Qiu <dqiu@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
a minor cleanup in assigning the driver specific network type
based on interface type.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since WOW_MASK_SIZE and WOW_PATTERN_SIZE have the same value, are
logically equivalent, and part of the WMI API so therefore unlikely to
change, consolidate these into WOW_PATTERN_SIZE.
Reported-by Kalle Valo <kvalo@qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch reflects changes in the firmware scheduled scan
implementation to behave better in cases with multiple concurrent vifs.
Major changes:
- scheduled scan filters and state are now programmed per-vif.
- decouple scheduled scan from host sleep.
To maintain graceful failure with old firmwares, a new firmware
capability bit is introduced: ATH6KL_FW_CAPABILITY_SCHED_SCAN_V2.
ath6kl simply won't advertise scheduled scan to cfg80211 if the
SCHED_SCAN_V2 is not supported.
Since firmwares from here on out won't support the previous implicit API
for scheduled scan (set WoW filters and host sleep), bump the firmware
API to protect old drivers.
Unfortunately, due to firmware RAM constraints ath6kl still cannot
expect a scan complete event at the end of a scheduled scan results
cycle, so the sched_scan_timer is retained.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath6kl_usb_init() does not check usb_register() return value.
As a result it may incorrectly report success of driver initialization.
Found by Linux Driver Verification project (linuxtesting.org).
kvalo: fix commit title and make cosmetic changes to the code to follow
more the style used in the driver
Signed-off-by: Marina Makienko <makienko@ispras.ru>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
We bail out from ath6kl_tx_complete() if any of the sanity
checks on skb and ath6kl_cookie fails. By doing this we
potentially leak few remaining buffers in packet_queue.
Make sure to proceed processing the remaining buffers
as well. This issue is found during code review.
Reported-by: Wang yufeng <yufengw@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
skb given to ath6kl_control_tx() is owned by ath6kl_control_tx().
Calling function should not free the skb for error cases.
This is found during code review.
kvalo: fix a checkpatch warning in ath6kl_wmi_cmd_send()
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If the firmware decides to initiate a channel switch on an AP vif
running an RSN BSS, reconfigure the saved RSN IE capabilities as well.
Fixes a bug where the beacon and 4-way handshake would have a capability
mismatch after a channel switch, since the firmware apparently clears
these on an AP disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When an ath6kl STA vif is issued a connect command, the firmware will
disconnect all other beaconing vifs in preparation for a potential
channel switch. The case where the connect fails is currently unhandled,
so if a connection attempt on a STA vif fails and any vifs were waiting
for a new channel, simply restart the concurrent vifs on their previous
channel.
Requires that we start tracking the last issued channel in ar->last_ch,
which is valid since ath6kl only supports 1 channel at a time.
Also clear the beaconing vif's want_ch_switch bit regardless of whether
channel switch succeeds, to stop recommitting the same failed profile.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Only WoW filters for the first vif were being set, causing failures to
wake up on any concurrent connected vifs. Handle all per-vif suspend
and resume tasks.
Since cfg80211 issues user wow filters on a per-wiphy basis, set any
custom filters on all connected vifs.
Starting WoW in firmware and setting host sleep mode is still handled on
a global per-phy level. The first vif is always used for bookkeeping
regardless of whether it is connected or not.
WoW is cancelled if no connected vifs are found.
No firmware capability bits or API bump is needed for this patch, as
setting filters for vifs with index > 0 will simply overwrite the index
0 filters in the current implementation. While not correct, this is
identical to the existing behavior.
kvalo: fix a checkpatch warning in ath6kl_wow_resume()
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ath6kl was incorrectly assuming that IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS will always be 2
and used that also in the firmware WMI interface definitions. But after
the support for 60 GHz was added to cfg80211 IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS changed to 3
and this can cause all sort of problems, possibly even memory corruption.
I only found this during code review and didn't notice any bugs, but I'm
sure there are a few lurking somewhere.
To fix this rename unused A_NUM_BANDS to ATH6KL_NUM_BANDS, which is
always defined to be 2, and use that in WMI.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To make it possible to change the country code from user space via nl80211
add handler for reg_notifier. The feature is only enabled when built
time option CONFIG_ATH6KL_REGDOMAIN is enabled, which again depends on
CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS for certication purposes.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
ATH6KL_FW_CAPABILITY_STA_P2PDEV_DUPLEX was checked in cfg80211.c which is
a bit awkward when adding more callsites to the scan functions. Refactor
the code to wmi.c so that it's transparent to the callers.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
To make it easier to refactor the scan commands move
ath6kl_wmi_startscan_cmd() before the beginscan function. No functional
changes.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ath6kl firmware can monitor a connection and report when a certain
TX failure threshold is crossed. Support this configuration and event
reporting on compatible firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add support for AR6004 hardware with version 1.3 and has
id 0x31c8088a.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In ath6kl_read_fwlogs(), return value from ath6kl_diag_read()is not
used to bail out in case of any errors in reading fw log. No real issue
is observed because of this, reported by source code analyzer.
kvalo: fix a long line warning
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware and driver generate MAC addresses for the second and third interfaces.
In addition to the existing algorithm, flip bit 7 of 5th octet. Since both
firmware and driver individually generate the MAC addresses, introduce a new
firmware capability bit to keep them compatible.
Signed-off-by: Aarthi Thiruvengadam <athiruve@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The ath6kl firmware can filter scan results based on rssi. This is
useful to limit hosts wakeups on scheduled scans.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
FW flashing code, even though it works correctly, makes some hidden
assumptions about buffer sizes. This is causing code analysers to
report error. Cleanup FW flashing code to remove these hidden assumptions.
Reported-by: Yuanhan Liu <yuanhan.liu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds some Flexcan version info and removes the feature flag
FLEXCAN_HAS_BROKEN_ERR_STATE for the i.MX6Q. It also has the line [TR]WRN_INT
properly connected.
Cc: Hui Wang <jason77.wang@gmail.com>
Cc: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
[mkl: convert to incremental patch]
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fixed the resource cleanup to act correctly and prevent a kernel oops when
mlx4_QUERY_ADAPTER() fails.
Signed-off-by: Dotan Barak <dotanb@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
These debug prints left behind by commits c82e9aa0a8 ("mlx4_core:
resource tracking for HCA resources used by guests"), 54679e1482
("mlx4: Implement QP paravirtualization and maintain phys_pkey_cache
for smp_snoop") and 993c401e20 ("mlx4_core: Add IB port-state
machine and port mgmt event propagation") make it pretty hard to
actually use the mlx4_core debug messages when running in SRIOV/IB
mode -- for example, the module load sequence of a device with one VF
yielded 631 debug prints, with 408 of them being from this set. Let's
just remove them.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Remove the Kconfig option CONFIG_IWLWIFI_EXPERIMENTAL_MFP,
if the firmware doesn't support MFP then the user shouldn't
have the option to enable it as it won't work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the queue might not be empty, we need to free the
pending Tx packets.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ignoring the return value from a call to the kernel dma_map API functions
can cause data corruption and system instability. Check the return value
and take appropriate action.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch updates the igb driver version to 4.0.17.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There was a problem in the initial implementation of the get cable length
function for i210 and it did not work properly. This patch fixes that
problem for i210/i211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This is a HW requirement. Although a buffer as short as 1 byte is allowed,
the total length of packet before, padding and CRC insertion, must be at
least 17 bytes. So pad all small packets manually up to 17 bytes before
delivering them to HW.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jeff Pieper <jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to ixgbe only. Only change to this series
is I dropped the "ixgbe: Add support for pipeline reset" due to
change requested by Martin Josefsson.
Alexander Duyck (7):
ixgbe: Add support for IPv6 and UDP to ixgbe_get_headlen
ixgbe: Add support for tracking the default user priority to SR-IOV
ixgbe: Add support for GET_QUEUES message to get DCB configuration
ixgbe: Enable support for VF API version 1.1 in the PF.
ixgbevf: Add VF DCB + SR-IOV support
ixgbe: Drop unnecessary addition from ixgbe_set_rx_buffer_len
ixgbe: Fix possible memory leak in ixgbe_set_ringparam
Don Skidmore (1):
ixgbe: Add function ixgbe_reset_pipeline_82599
Emil Tantilov (1):
ixgbe: add WOL support for new subdevice id
Jacob Keller (1):
ixgbe: (PTP) refactor init, cyclecounter and reset
Tushar Dave (1):
ixgbe: Correcting small packet padding
Wei Yongjun (1):
ixgbe: using is_zero_ether_addr() to simplify the code
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MBIM devices can support up to 256 generic streams called
Device Service Streams (DSS). The MBIM spec says
The format of the Device Service Stream payload depends
on the device service (as identified by the corresponding
UUID) that is used when opening the data stream.
Example use cases are serial AT command interfaces and NMEA
data streams. We cannot make any assumptions about these
device services.
Adding support for Device Service Stream by extending
the MBIM session to VLAN mapping scheme, allocating
VLAN IDs 256 to 511 for DSS, using the DSS SessionID
as the lower 8bit of the VLAN ID.
Using a netdev for DSS keeps the device framing intact and
allows userspace to do whatever it want with the streams.
For example, exporting an AT command interface using DSS
session #0 to a PTY for use with a terminal application like
minicom:
vconfig add wwan0 256
ip link set dev wwan0 up
ip link set dev wwan0.256 up
socat INTERFACE:wwan0.256,type=2 PTY:,echo=0,link=/tmp/modem
Device configuration must be done using MBIM control commands
over the /dev/cdc-wdmx device. The userspace management
application should coordinate host VLAN configuration and the
device MBIM configuration using the device capabilities to
find out if it needs to set up PTY mappings etc.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MBIM devices can support up to 256 independent IP Streams.
The main network device will only handle SessionID 0. Mapping
SessionIDs 1 to 255 to VLANs using the SessionID as VLAN ID
allow userspace to use these streams with traditional tools
like vconfig.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CDC Mobile Broadband Interface Model (MBIM) specification
extends CDC NCM by
- removing the redundant ethernet header from the point-to-point
USB channel
- adding support for multiple IP (v4 and/or v6) sessions multiplexed
on the same USB channel
- adding a MBIM control channel encapsulated in CDC
- adding Device Service Streams (DSS), which are non IP generic data
streams multiplexed on the same USB channel as the IP sessions
MBIM devices are managed using the dedicated control channel, and no
data will flow on the data channel until a control session has been
established. This driver has no knowledge of MBIM control messages.
It just exports the control channel to a /dev/cdc-wdmX character
device for userspace management applications. Such an application is
therefore required to use this driver.
This patch implements basic MBIM support, reusing the NCM and WDM driver
APIs, currently limited to IP sessions with SessionID 0. DSS and
multiplexed IP sessions are not yet supported.
Signed-off-by: Greg Suarez <gsuarez@smithmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move symbols and definitons which can be shared with a
MBIM driver in a new header.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding multiplexed NDP support to cdc_ncm_fill_tx_frame, allowing
transmissions of multiple independent sessions within the same NTB.
Refactoring the code quite a bit to avoid having to store copies
of multiple NDPs being prepared for tx. The old code would still
reserve enough room for a maximum sized NDP in the skb so we might
as well keep them in the skb while they are being prepared.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Verifying and handling received MBIM and NCM frames will need
to be different in three areas:
- verifying the NDP signature
- checking valid datagram length
- datagram header manipulation
This makes it inconvenient to share rx_fixup in whole. But
some verification parts are common. Split these out in separate
functions.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NCM 1.0 spefication makes provisions for linking more than
one NDP into a single NTB. This is important for MBIM support,
where these NDPs might be of different types.
Following the chain of NDPs is also correct for NCM, and will
not change anything in the common case where there is only
one NDP
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NCM and MBIM can share most of the bind function. Split
out the shareable part and add MBIM functional descriptor
parsing.
Signed-off-by: Greg Suarez <gsuarez@smithmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MBIM and NCM are very similar, so we can reuse most of the
setup and bind logic in cdc_ncm for CDC MBIM devices. Handle
a few minor differences in ncm_setup.
Signed-off-by: Greg Suarez <gsuarez@smithmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices do not support the 8 byte variants of the NTB input
size control messages despite announcing such support in their
NCM or MBIM functional descriptor.
According to the NCM specification, all devices must support the
4 byte variant regardless of whether or not the flag is set:
If bit D5 is set in the bmNetworkCapabilities field of
function’s NCM Functional Descriptor, the host may
set wLength either to 4 or to 8. If wLength is 4, the
function shall assume that wNtbInMaxDatagrams is to be
set to zero. If wLength is 8, then the function shall
use the provided value as the limit. The function shall
return an error response (a STALL PID) if wLength is set
to any other value.
We do not set wNtbInMaxDatagrams in any case, so we can just as
well unconditionally use the 4 byte variant without losing any
functionality. This works around the known firmware bug, and
simplifies the code considerably.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow us to remove the last mach include from at91_ether
and also make it easier to share address setup with macb.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that HAVE_NET_MACB is gone let's just select MACB to
satisfy the dependecies in at91_ether.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macb is a platform driver and there is nothing that prevents
this driver from being built on non-ARM/AVR32 platforms.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When building macb on x86_64 the following warnings show up:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c: In function macb_interrupt:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:556:4: warning: large integer implicitly truncated to unsigned type [-Woverflow]
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c: In function macb_reset_hw:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:792:2: warning: large integer implicitly truncated to unsigned type [-Woverflow]
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:793:2: warning: large integer implicitly truncated to unsigned type [-Woverflow]
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:796:2: warning: large integer implicitly truncated to unsigned type [-Woverflow]
Use -1 insted of ~0UL, as done in other places in the driver,
to silence these warnings.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, when FIFO_ERR happens, we stop the dma, wait for it to become
idle and then reset the whole MAC_RX logic (and after that we must re-set
multicast addresses and also re-enable MAC_RX when we're finally ready to
accept new packets). This leads to CRC errors on high number of incoming
packets and is not needed according to the datasheet.
This patch fixes it by the following steps:
1) remove this reset in pch_gbe_stop_receive(), which causes some functions
to not be used anywhere
2) remove already unused functions pch_gbe_wait_clr_bit_irq() and
pch_gbe_mac_reset_rx() to correctly build
3) move pch_gbe_enable_mac_rx() out of pch_gbe_start_receive() to
pch_gbe_up() where it's only needed after we've removed the MAC_RX reset
4) rename pch_gbe_start/stop_receive() to pch_gbe_enable/disable_dma_rx()
to more precisely reflect what the functions are now doing.
After these changes we already don't see the CRC errors and gain some
increase in RX processing speed.
Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we were in RX_FIFO_ERR state and entered pch_gbe_napi_poll(), we'll
anyway clean some rx space and thus can continue to receive more packets.
Currently, we re-set the RX_FIFO_ERR in situations when we've exhausted our
budget for RX cleaning or cleaned some TX packets. Removing it gives us
+20%-40% speed increase and a lot less of RX_FIFO_ERRors reported.
Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move MAC_RX-related bits into separate functions.
Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We were not correctly freeing the temporary rings on error in
ixgbe_set_ring_param. In order to correct this I am unwinding a number of
changes that were made in order to get things back to the original working
form with modification for the current ring layouts.
This approach has multiple advantages including a smaller memory footprint,
and the fact that the interface is stopped while we are allocating the rings
meaning that there is less potential for some sort of memory corruption on the
ring.
The only disadvantage I see with this approach is that on a Rx allocation
failure we will report an error and only update the Tx rings. However the
adapter should be fully functional in this state and the likelihood of such
an error is very low. In addition it is not unreasonable to expect the
user to need to recheck the ring configuration should they experience an
error setting the ring sizes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a function that forces a full pipeline reset. This
function will be used in following patches to completely reset the PHY
during resets.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We still had some code floating around from the old single buffer receive
path. As a result we were adding VLAN_HLEN to max_frame although the
resultant value was never used. Since that is the case we can drop this from
the function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Driver pad skb up to 17 bytes because of the HW requirement. However, that code
implementation mess up the skb tail pointer after padding. This patch sets
skb->tail correctly.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using is_zero_ether_addr() to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch modifies when and where PTP registers and data are set. Previously
a work-around was used inside cyclecounter_start in order to reset some of the
time registers. This patch creates a new ixgbe_ptp_reset specifically for this
purpose. The cyclecounter configuration has trimmed down to only modify what
is necessary. Due to hardware conditions after probe and before open, PTP init
has now moved into the ixgbe_open call. This allows the ptp device name in the
sysfs to be the ethernet device name instead of the MAC address.
The cyclecounter check flag is renamed to PTP_ENABLED and is used to prevent
PTP init from happening when PTP has not been enabled.
CC: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a subdevice id for new 82599 device. The define is needed
to allow enabling WOL support.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change adds support for DCB and SR-IOV from the VF. With this change
in place the VF will correctly use a traffic class other than 0 in the case
that the PF is configured with the default user priority belonging to a
traffic class other than 0.
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change switches on the last few bits for us enabling version 1.1 VF
support in the PF.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Robert Garrett <RobertX.Garrett@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch addresses several issues in regards to the combination of DCB
and SR-IOV. Specifically it allows us to send information to the VF on
which queues it should be using.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
It is necessary to track the default user priority in the PF so that we can
force it upon the VFs. The motivation behind this is to keep the VFs from
getting access to user priorities meant for things like storage.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change adds support for IPv6 and UDP to ixgbe_get_headlen. The
advantage to this is that we can now handle ipv4/UDP, ipv6/TCP, and
ipv6/UDP with a single memcpy instead of having to do them in multiple
pskb_may_pull calls.
A quick bit of testing shows that we increase throughput for a single
session of netperf from 8800Mpbs to about 9300Mpbs in the case of ipv6/TCP.
As such overall ipv6 performance should improve with this change.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Stephen Ko <stephen.s.ko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Before use the request and response queue addr, make sure it has wrote
to the registers.
Signed-off-by: Joe Jin <joe.jin@oracle.com>
Cc: Jitendra Kalsaria <jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Cc: Ron Mercer <ron.mercer@qlogic.com>
Acked-by: Jitendra Kalsaria <jitendra.kalsaria@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FW flash layout on Skyhawk-R is different from BE3-R.
Hence the code needs to be fixed to flash FW on Skyhawk-R.
Also cleaning up code in BE3-R flashing function.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
be_shutdown is enabling wake-on-lan by calling be_setup_wol.
Emulex adapter do not support wake-on-lan in S5 state.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PF driver should enable VF so that VF goes to ready state in
new Lancer FW.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During PCI EEH, driver waits for all functions in the card.
Wait is needed only once per card. Fix is to wait only for the
first PCI function.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During recovery from a FW error, destroy queue operation may fail.
Queue should be marked as destroyed so that recovery code can recreate
the queue. Also fix queue created state not getting checked at one instance.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return default values for fields for which VFs dont have privilege to get the
required information from FW.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF does not have privileges to execute many commands. When VFs try
to execute those commands there are unnecessary error messages.
Fix this by executing only those commands for which VF has privilege.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow adding VLANs for Lancer VF.
VLAN ID 0 should not be added to list of VLANs sent to FW.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After FW error, driver should wait for NO_RESOURCE error to disappear before
proceeding with recovery.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For changing MAC of VF from PF, delete MAC operation needs to be done before
assigning new MAC. Also in ndo_set_mac_address operation avoid delete MAC if
it has been already deleted by PF.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use Lancer specific command to set QoS for VF.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver assumes FW resource counts and capabilities while creating queues and
using functionality like RSS. This causes driver load to fail in FW configs
where resources and capabilities are reduced. Fix this by querying FW
configuration during probe and using resources and capabilities accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Padmanabh Ratnakar <padmanabh.ratnakar@emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This is a batch of fixes intended for the 3.7 stream.
Dan Carpenter brings a fix for a simple signedness bug that could
prevent the proper termination of a loop.
Felix Fietkau found a few more places that need to use
ieee80211_free_txskb for properly releasing SKBs used by mac80211.
Franky Lin offers a pair of brcmfmac fixes, both fixing simple state
reporting errors.
Hante Meuleman corrects an error reporting case that wasn't handling
all types of errors properly.
Johan Hedberg offers a fix for an issue discovered at the Bluetooth
UnPlug Fest. Gustavo says "the patch fixes a failure to pair with
devices that support the LE Secure Connections feature."
Johannes Berg sends an iwlwifi fix to handle a message type that
is too large for the normal command mechanism. He also provides a
mac80211 fix to use HT20 channels when HT40 channels are not permitted.
Jouni Malinen offers a mac80211 fix for a masking error that was
incorrectly marking some frames.
Piotr Haber provides a fix to make sure bcma devices are unregistered
properly.
Stanislav Yakovlev gives us a fix for a panic in the ipw2200 driver.
Stanislaw Gruszka sends a pair of fixes: one prevents a mismatch on
connection states between cfg80211 and mac80211; the other prevents
some frame corruption related to handling encryption.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch also fixes the build failure caused due to removal of #ifdef
CONFIG_CHELSIO_T4_OFFLOAD condition
Signed-off-by: Vipul Pandya <vipul@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checked with Windows networking team, there is only one RNDIS message
in each netvsc packet.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to ixgbe and igb.
Alexander Duyck (13):
ixgbe: Initialize q_vector cpu and affinity masks correctly
ixgbe: Enable jumbo frames support w/ SR-IOV
ixgbe: Move message handling routines into their own functions
ixgbe: Add mailbox API version negotiation support to ixgbe PF
igb: Split Rx timestamping into two separate functions
igb: Do not use header split, instead receive all frames into a
single buffer
igb: Combine post-processing of skb into a single function
igb: Map entire page and sync half instead of mapping and unmapping
half pages
igb: Move rx_buffer related code in Rx cleanup path into separate
function
igb: Lock buffer size at 2K even on systems with larger pages
igb: Combine q_vector and ring allocation into a single function
igb: Move the calls to set the Tx and Rx queues into igb_open
igb: Split igb_update_dca into separate Tx and Rx functions
Tushar Dave (1):
igb: Correcting and improving small packet check and padding
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not used or called but please make it go away before someone copies or
uses it
Signed-off-by: Alan "minus lunch" Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The parameter buflen is unsigned so the condition buflen < 0 is
always false. The patch fixes the if statement checking the buffer
length.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Following sparse warning is fixed:
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c:2518:21: warning: symbol 'brcmf_find_wpaie' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c:3768:1: warning: symbol 'brcmf_set_management_ie' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sparse complains that we use zero instead of NULL here. In fact, the
initialization is wrong and should be removed. Doing these kinds of
bogus initializations means that GCC can't detect unitialized variables
and leads to bugs.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Franky Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As of now the ANI cycle is executed only when the chip is awake.
On idle state case, the station wakes up from network sleep for
beacon reception. Since most of the time, ANI cycle is not syncing
with beacon wakeup, ANI cycle is ignored. Approx 5 mins once, the
calibration is performed. This could affect the connection stability
when the station is idle for long. Even though the OFDM and CCK phy
error rates are too high, ANI is unable to tune its immunity level
as quick enough due to rare execution.
Here the experiment shows that OFDM and CCK levels are at default
even on higher phy error rate.
listenTime=44 OFDM:3 errs=121977/s CCK:2 errs=440818/s ofdm_turn=1
This change ensures that ANI calibration will be exectued atleast
once for every 10 seconds. The below result shows improvements and
immunity levels are adopted quick enough.
listenTime=557 OFDM:4 errs=752/s CCK:4 errs=125/s ofdm_turn=0
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes the way the driver deals with
command responses and traps which are sent through
the special interrupt input endpoint 3.
While the carl9170 firmware does not use this
endpoint for command responses or traps, the
firmware loader on the device does. It uses it
to notify the host about 'watchdog triggered'
in case the firmware/hardware has crashed.
Note:
Even without this patch, the driver is still
able to detect the mishap and reset the device.
But previously it did that because the trap
event caused an out-of-order message sequence
number error, which also triggered a reset.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
DBG_CMD_NUM is the number of commands, not the actual bytes of
data for printing.
Also remove the duplicated DBG_CMD_NUM definition.
Reported-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some rt2800 devices don't have their calibrated max eirp tx power in
their calibration data. For those devices reduce tx power according to
difference between regulatory max channel power and requested tx power.
This patch is based on Helmut Schaa work.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Preparation for use regulatory max channel power in TX power delta
calculations.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don use TX_PWR_CFG_0 register value of OFDM 6M tx power as criterion
since it can be changed. The same do vendor driver (see
AsicAdjustSingleSkuTxPower and AsicGetTxPowerOffset functions from
2011_0719_RT3070_RT3370_RT5370_RT5372_Linux_STA_V2.5.0.3_DPO).
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We skip compensate calculation for non 11b rates on 2.4GHz band. I do
not see that on vendor driver
(2011_0719_RT3070_RT3370_RT5370_RT5372_Linux_STA_V2.5.0.3_DPO).
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Based on AsicAdjustTxPower function from vendor driver
(2011_0719_RT3070_RT3370_RT5370_RT5372_Linux_STA_V2.5.0.3_DPO)
limit per rate TX power values we program into TX_PWR_CFG_ registers.
Note that on some configurations (devices/rates) is allowed to use
bigger values than 0xc, but we use safe maximum value for now. Further
work need to be done to allow use bigger values than 0xc.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TX power delta can be negative. TX_PWR_CFG_ registers allow to set delta
only in range between 0 dBm and 15 dBm (4 bits for each rate). Se we
need to use BBP_R1 to configure negative deltas.
Not utilize +6 dBm increasing BBP_R1 option for safety reason. For now,
this can be used for devices, which export maximum allowed TX power
value.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All defines for REG_WRITE in Atheros wireless drivers use the order "ah",
"register" and "value". hw.c is the only file using the order "ah", "value" and
"register".
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/hw.h:#define REG_WRITE(_ah, _reg, _val) \
drivers/net/wireless/ath/key.c:#define REG_WRITE(_ah, _reg, _val) (common->ops->write)(_ah, _val, _reg)
This inconsistent definition can easily lead to implementation errors. The
modification doesn't change the behavior of the driver or the generated code.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch changes a bit trace output format in the rtl_cam_program_entry() to
print prefix and the actual data on the same line. Moreover the %*phC outputs
each byte as 2 hex digits, which is slightly different to the original %x.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
ACKed-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In ezusb_read_ltv() we had a comparison "(bufsize < 0)" which was never
true because bufsize was unsigned. I looked at the implications of
that. If we passed a negative number to ezusb_access_ltv() then it
would be used as the size parameter of the memcpy() because that
function uses min_t(int, exp_len, ans_size).
But fortunately when I looked at the callers, bufsize is not controlled
by the user and it's never negative. So these signedness mistakes have
no impact.
I removed the always false check from ezusb_read_ltv() and I changed the
types in ezusb_access_ltv() and made the variables unsigned.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch remove a semicolon after if(...) that is preventing the
error check to work correctly. Removing this semicolon will change the
code behavior, but this is intended.
The semantic patch that finds this problem is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r1@
position p;
@@
if (...);@p
@script:python@
p0 << r1.p;
@@
// Emacs org-mode output
cocci.print_main("", p0)
cocci.print_secs("", p0)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
BT_OP_SCAN is applicable only for pre-MCI WLAN/BT combo chips
and using it for MCI-based cards is incorrect. Fix this by
cleaning up its usage.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The BCM4706 has two PCIe host controller on the bcma bus. For PCIe
client mode it is assumed that there is only one PCIe controller so the
PCIe driver, like b43 and brcmsmac are accessing the first PCIe
controller when they want to issue a operation on the host controller.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch does two things:
* Use macb struct members and remove at91_ether ones
* Alloc DMA buffers on netdev start and dealloc on stop
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
This rips out the at91_ether phy handling and ethtool stuff
and replace it with equivalent stuff from macb.
The only thing lost is the phy irq support from at91_ether,
but this can be added to macb and then benefit all users.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
This will make it easier to share code between the drivers and
eventually merge them into one driver.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Use register and bits definitions from the macb header. This makes it
possible to have one header file for this hardware.
Process was scripted and the resulting object file has the same checksum.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
This change makes it so that igb_update_dca is broken into two halves, one
for Rx and one for Tx. The advantage to this is primarily readability.
In addition I am enabling relaxed ordering for reads from hardware since
this is supported on all of the igb parts.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change helps to address locking issues seen with
netif_set_real_num_tx_queues and netif_set_real_num_rx_queues when used in
the igb_set_interrupt_capability function. To resolve these locking issues
I have moved the two function calls into __igb_open so that they can be
called while the RTNL lock is held.
An added advantage to this is that the number of queues is not updated
until the last possible moment so if there are any issues in allocating
MSI-X interrupts or resources for the rings we have time to change the
values prior to updating the netdev.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change combines the the allocation of q_vectors and rings into a single
function. The advantage of this is that we are guaranteed we will avoid
overlap in the L1 cache sets.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change locks us in at 2K buffers even on a system that supports larger
frames. The reason for this change is to make better use of pages and to
reduce the overall truesize of frames generated by igb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to try and isolate things a bit further I am moving the code
related to retrieving data from the rx_buffer_info structure into a
separate function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we map the entire page and just sync half of
it for the device at a time. The advantage to this approach is that we can
avoid the locking on map/unmap seen in many IOMMU implementations.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change is meant to just clean-up a number of function calls that were
made at the end of the Rx clean-up path by combining them into a single
function call.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we no longer use header split. The idea is to
reduce partial cache line writes by hardware when handling frames larger
then header size. We can compensate for the extra overhead of having to
memcpy the header buffer by avoiding the cache misses seen by leaving an
full skb allocated and sitting on the ring.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In order to support page based receive we will need to split up the two
different types of timestamping into two separate functions. The first one
will handle legacy timestamps with the value in the register, and the new
one will handle timestamps in the Rx buffer itself.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Current implementation mess up the tail pointer. This patch sets skb->tail
correctly.
Also, the small packet check and padding is optimized by using unlikely and
calling skb_pad directly.
Signed-off-by: Tushar Dave <tushar.n.dave@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jeff Pieper <jeffrey.e.pieper@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change allows us to add a mailbox versioning API. This will allow us
to determine the features supported by the VFs from the PF. For example we
will be implementing a version 1.1 API for the VF that will indicate that
it can support us enabling Jumbo frames as the VF will support buffer
chaining.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Robert Garrett <RobertX.Garrett@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of trying to maintain one large monolithic function that handles
most of the different messages from the VF it makes sense to break the
message handling function up so that we can just go through one switch
statement and call the correct routine for a given message.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we can have limited support for jumbo frames
when SR-IOV is enabled. In order to accomplish this it is necessary to
disable all VFs when the PF has jumbo frames enabled. If the VFs then
request the same maximum frame size as the PF they will be re-enabled. A
follow on patch will add a means of identifying when a VF can support
spanning buffers and does not need to be worried about the actual supported
max frame size.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Tested-by: Robert Garrett <robertx.e.garrett@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sibai Li <Sibai.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When enabling DCB the rings belonging to a q_vector on CPU 0 were not
reinitializing their DCA registers. Upon closer inspection the issue was
that the q_vector CPU variable was left at 0 resulting in the driver not
updating the DCA registers.
In order to guarantee the DCA registers will be updated I am adding a
couple line change so that we initialize the CPU variable to -1 which will
force a DCA update the first time an interrupt fires on that q_vector.
In addition we were setting the CPU affinity hint to all CPUs when we were
not specifying a CPU. Instead we should leave it as all zeros to avoid any
possible confusion about the fact that we shouldn't be giving a hint.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This driver add support for wake over lan on AT803x phys.
Signed-off-by: Matus Ujhelyi <ujhelyi.m@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
